1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
62 #include "continuations.h"
66 #include "dummy-frame.h"
69 #include "thread-fsm.h"
70 #include "tid-parse.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
76 /* readline defines this. */
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
82 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
83 #include "common/array-view.h"
84 #include "common/gdb_optional.h"
86 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
87 enum exception_event_kind
94 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
96 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
97 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
99 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
102 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
103 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
104 enum bptype type_wanted
);
106 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
107 struct linespec_result
*,
108 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
109 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
111 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
113 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
114 int, int, int, unsigned);
116 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
117 (struct breakpoint
*b
, const struct event_location
*location
,
118 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
120 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
121 (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
);
123 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
125 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
127 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
128 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
129 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
131 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
133 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
134 struct symtab_and_line
,
136 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
138 static struct breakpoint
*
139 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
141 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
144 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
146 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
150 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
151 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
152 struct obj_section
*, int);
154 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
155 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
157 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
158 const struct address_space
*aspace
,
161 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
162 const address_space
*,
165 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
166 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
168 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
170 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
172 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
174 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
176 int *other_type_used
);
178 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
181 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
182 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
183 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
185 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
187 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
188 insert locations now. */
189 enum ugll_insert_mode
191 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
192 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
193 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
194 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
195 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
196 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
197 returns true on them.
199 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
200 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
201 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
202 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
203 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
204 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
208 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
209 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
212 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
213 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
214 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
215 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
216 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
217 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
218 as no thread is running yet. */
222 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
224 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
226 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
228 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
230 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
232 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
234 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
236 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
238 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
241 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
243 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
244 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
245 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
246 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
248 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
249 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
251 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
252 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
254 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
256 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
258 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
259 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
261 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
262 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
264 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
265 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
266 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
267 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
268 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
269 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
271 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
272 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
273 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
274 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
280 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
282 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
283 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
284 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
285 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
287 static char *dprintf_function
;
289 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
290 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
291 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
292 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
293 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
294 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
295 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
297 static char *dprintf_channel
;
299 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
301 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
303 struct command_line
*
304 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
306 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
309 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
310 current breakpoint. */
312 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
315 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
317 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
318 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
320 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
322 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
325 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
326 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
327 if such is available. */
328 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
331 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
332 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
335 fprintf_filtered (file
,
336 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
337 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
341 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
342 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
343 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
344 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
345 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
347 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
348 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
351 fprintf_filtered (file
,
352 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
353 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
357 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
358 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
359 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
360 use hardware breakpoints. */
361 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
363 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
364 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
367 fprintf_filtered (file
,
368 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
372 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
373 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
374 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
375 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
376 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
377 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
378 processing user input. */
379 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
382 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
383 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
385 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
389 /* See breakpoint.h. */
392 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
394 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
396 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
397 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
398 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
401 else if (target_has_execution
)
403 struct thread_info
*tp
;
405 if (always_inserted_mode
)
407 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
412 if (threads_are_executing ())
415 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
416 stopped, we still have events to process. */
417 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
419 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
425 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
427 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
428 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
429 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
430 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
431 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
432 condition_evaluation_auto
,
433 condition_evaluation_host
,
434 condition_evaluation_target
,
438 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
439 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
441 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
442 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
443 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
445 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
446 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
447 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
451 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
453 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
455 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
456 return condition_evaluation_target
;
458 return condition_evaluation_host
;
464 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
467 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
469 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
472 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
476 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
478 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
480 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
483 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
484 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
486 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
487 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
489 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
490 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
492 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
493 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
494 current breakpoint. */
496 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
498 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
499 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
500 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
503 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
504 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
505 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
507 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
508 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
509 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
512 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
513 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
514 to where the loop should start from.
515 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
516 appropriate location to start with. */
518 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
519 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
520 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
522 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
523 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
526 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
528 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
529 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
530 if (is_tracepoint (B))
532 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
534 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
536 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
538 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
540 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
542 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
544 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
545 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
546 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
547 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
548 an address you need to read. */
550 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
552 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
553 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
554 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
555 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
556 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
558 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
560 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
561 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
562 reported by a target. */
563 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
565 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
567 static int breakpoint_count
;
569 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
570 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
571 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
572 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
573 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
575 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
577 static int tracepoint_count
;
579 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
580 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
581 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
583 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
586 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
589 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
593 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
600 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
602 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
604 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
607 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
610 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
612 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
613 breakpoint_count
= num
;
614 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
617 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
618 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
619 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
621 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
624 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
626 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
629 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
632 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
634 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
637 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
640 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
642 struct breakpoint
*b
;
649 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
650 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
653 get_breakpoint (int num
)
655 struct breakpoint
*b
;
658 if (b
->number
== num
)
666 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
667 evaluating conditions on its side. */
670 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
672 struct bp_location
*loc
;
674 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
675 evaluating conditions and if the user has
676 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
678 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
679 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
682 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
685 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
686 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
689 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
690 evaluating conditions on its side. */
693 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
695 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
696 evaluating conditions and if the user has
697 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
699 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
700 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
704 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
707 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
710 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
711 condition_evaluation_mode. */
714 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
715 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
717 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
719 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
720 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
722 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
723 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
724 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
728 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
729 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
731 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
732 settings was "auto". */
733 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
735 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
736 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
738 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
739 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
740 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
742 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
743 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
746 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
748 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
750 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
751 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
755 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
756 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
757 target knows about. */
758 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
759 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
760 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
764 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
770 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
771 what "auto" is translating to. */
774 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
775 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
777 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
778 fprintf_filtered (file
,
779 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
780 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
782 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
784 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
788 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
789 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
790 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
793 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
795 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
796 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
798 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
801 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
804 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
805 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
806 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
809 static struct bp_location
**
810 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
812 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
813 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
814 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
816 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
817 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
819 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
820 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
821 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
822 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
823 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
825 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
826 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
829 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
830 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
831 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
832 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
839 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
842 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
843 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
845 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
847 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
849 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
853 struct bp_location
*loc
;
855 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
859 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
860 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
861 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
868 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
872 const char *arg
= exp
;
874 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
875 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
876 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
877 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
879 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
881 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
883 innermost_block
.reset ();
885 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
887 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
888 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
.block ();
892 struct bp_location
*loc
;
894 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
898 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
899 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
901 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
905 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
907 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
910 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
913 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
914 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
915 const char *text
, const char *word
)
919 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
920 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
924 struct breakpoint
*b
;
928 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
929 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
930 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
934 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
941 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
943 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
945 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> copy (xstrdup (number
));
946 tracker
.add_completion (std::move (copy
));
953 /* We're completing the expression part. */
954 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
955 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
958 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
961 condition_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
963 struct breakpoint
*b
;
968 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
971 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
973 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
976 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
978 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
979 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
980 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
981 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
982 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
986 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
987 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
988 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
990 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
992 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
993 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
998 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1001 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1002 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1003 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1006 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1008 struct command_line
*c
;
1010 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1014 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1015 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1016 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1018 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1019 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1021 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1022 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1023 command directly. */
1024 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1025 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1027 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1028 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1032 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1034 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1037 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1040 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1042 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1043 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1044 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1048 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1050 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1054 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1056 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1059 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1062 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1063 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1067 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1068 b
= new tracepoint ();
1069 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1070 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1072 b
= new breakpoint ();
1074 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1077 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1078 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1082 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1083 struct command_line
*commands
)
1085 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1087 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1088 struct command_line
*c
;
1089 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1091 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1092 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1096 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1097 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1098 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1099 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1100 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1101 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1102 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1103 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1104 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1105 tracepoint's context. */
1106 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1108 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1110 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1111 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1112 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1113 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1114 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1115 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1118 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1119 "can be used only once"));
1124 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1128 struct command_line
*c2
;
1130 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1131 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1132 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1134 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1135 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1141 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1145 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1146 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1149 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1151 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1152 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1153 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1156 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1158 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1159 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1160 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1166 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1167 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1170 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1171 command_line_up
&&commands
)
1173 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1175 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1176 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1179 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1180 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1184 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1186 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1189 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1190 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1193 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1194 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1197 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1199 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1202 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1203 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1206 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1207 breakpoint work for any task. */
1210 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1212 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1215 if (old_task
!= task
)
1216 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1220 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1222 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) closure
;
1224 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1228 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1229 struct command_line
*control
)
1231 counted_command_line cmd
;
1233 std::string new_arg
;
1235 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1237 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1238 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1240 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1241 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1242 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1245 map_breakpoint_numbers
1246 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1250 if (control
!= NULL
)
1251 cmd
= copy_command_lines (control
->body_list
[0]);
1255 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1256 "%s, one per line."),
1259 cmd
= read_command_lines (&str
[0],
1262 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1267 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1269 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1271 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1273 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1279 commands_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1281 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1284 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1285 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1287 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1288 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1289 enum command_control_type
1290 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1292 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1293 return simple_control
;
1296 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1299 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1301 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1305 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1306 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1311 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1312 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1315 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1316 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1317 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1320 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1321 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1322 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1323 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1324 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1326 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1327 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1331 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1332 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1334 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1338 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1340 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1341 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1343 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1345 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1350 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1352 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1357 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1358 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1360 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1361 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1362 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1366 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1368 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1369 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1372 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1374 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1375 shadow_contents buffer. */
1376 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1377 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1378 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1380 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1382 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1383 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1387 const unsigned char *bp
;
1388 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1391 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1392 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1393 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1395 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1397 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1399 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1400 breakpoint's INSN. */
1401 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1405 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1406 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1408 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1409 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1410 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1412 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1413 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1414 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1415 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1416 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1417 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1418 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1419 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1421 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1424 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1425 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1426 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1428 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1430 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1432 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1433 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1434 report higher one. */
1437 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1438 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1440 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1442 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1443 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1445 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1446 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1447 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1448 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1450 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1451 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1452 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1454 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1456 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1463 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1464 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1465 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1466 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1467 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1470 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1472 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1473 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1474 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1477 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1480 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1482 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1484 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1486 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1487 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1488 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1491 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1494 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1495 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1496 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1499 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1502 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1503 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1509 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1513 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1515 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1516 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1517 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1520 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1523 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1525 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1526 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1527 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1530 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1534 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1536 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1537 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1540 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1541 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1542 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1543 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1544 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1545 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1546 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1547 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1550 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1552 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1553 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1554 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1555 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1558 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1559 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1562 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1564 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1566 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1567 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1568 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1569 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1570 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1572 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1575 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1578 static struct value
*
1579 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1581 struct value
*bit_val
;
1586 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1588 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1591 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1598 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1599 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1600 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1601 to be able to report stops. */
1604 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1605 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1607 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1609 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1610 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1611 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1612 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1615 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1616 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1619 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1621 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1623 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1624 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1625 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1628 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1629 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1630 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1631 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1633 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1635 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1636 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1639 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1640 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1641 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1642 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1643 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1644 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1645 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1646 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1648 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1649 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1650 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1651 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1652 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1653 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1654 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1655 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1658 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1659 hardware watchpoints:
1661 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1662 called several times when GDB stops.
1665 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1666 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1667 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1668 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1669 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1670 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1671 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1672 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1673 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1674 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1675 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1677 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1678 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1681 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1683 int within_current_scope
;
1684 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1687 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1688 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1689 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1690 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1693 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1698 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1699 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1700 within_current_scope
= 1;
1703 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1704 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1705 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1707 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1708 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1709 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1710 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1711 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1714 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1715 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1716 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1717 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1720 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1722 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1723 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1724 if (within_current_scope
)
1728 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1729 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1730 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1733 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1738 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1739 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1740 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1741 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1742 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1743 be completely different objects. */
1747 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1748 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1749 locations (re)created below. */
1750 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1752 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1755 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1759 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1760 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1761 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1762 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1763 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1764 if (!target_has_execution
)
1766 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1767 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1768 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1769 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1771 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1772 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1774 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1775 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1778 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1781 std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> val_chain
;
1782 struct value
*v
, *result
, *next
;
1783 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1785 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1787 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1788 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1789 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1790 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1791 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1793 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1795 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1796 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1797 b
->val
= release_value (v
);
1801 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1803 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1804 gdb_assert (!val_chain
.empty ());
1805 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: val_chain
)
1809 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1810 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1811 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1812 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1813 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1814 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1815 && (v
== val_chain
[0] || ! value_lazy (v
)))
1817 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1819 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1820 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1821 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1823 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1824 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1827 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1828 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1829 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1831 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1833 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1835 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1836 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1838 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1840 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1841 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1842 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1843 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1844 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1847 addr
= value_address (v
);
1850 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1855 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1857 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1860 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1861 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1864 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1866 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1867 loc
->address
= address_significant (loc
->gdbarch
, addr
);
1871 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1872 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
1875 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1877 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1882 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1883 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1884 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1889 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1890 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1892 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1896 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1899 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1900 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1901 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1903 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1904 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1905 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1906 this watchpoint in as well. */
1908 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1909 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1910 hardware watchpoint type. */
1912 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1913 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1915 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1916 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1917 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1918 through watch_command), so always account for it
1921 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1922 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1924 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1925 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
1928 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1929 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1931 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
1933 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1934 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1935 "hardware watchpoint."));
1936 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1937 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1938 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1940 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1941 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1945 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1946 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1947 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1952 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1954 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1955 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1956 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1958 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1959 "read/access watchpoint."));
1962 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1964 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1965 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1966 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1967 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1970 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1971 above left it without any location set up. But,
1972 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1973 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1974 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
1975 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
1977 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1979 printf_filtered (_("\
1980 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1981 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1983 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1986 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1988 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1992 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1993 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1994 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1995 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1996 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1998 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2000 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2003 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2006 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2009 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2012 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2013 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2014 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2015 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2016 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2017 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2018 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2019 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2020 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2023 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2024 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2025 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2027 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2028 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2029 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2031 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2032 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2033 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2034 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2035 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2036 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2037 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2038 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2039 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2043 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2044 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2045 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2046 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2051 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2052 instruction that triggered one. */
2053 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2054 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2058 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2059 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2060 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2061 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2070 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2071 that the location is not duplicated. */
2074 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2077 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2080 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2081 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2085 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2086 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2087 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2088 any error during parsing. */
2090 static agent_expr_up
2091 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2096 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2098 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2099 that may show up. */
2102 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2105 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2107 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2108 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2109 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2113 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2117 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2118 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2119 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2120 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2121 one of them is true. */
2124 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2126 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2127 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2128 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2129 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2131 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2132 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2134 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2135 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2136 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2138 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2139 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2142 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2143 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2144 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2145 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2146 response back to GDB. */
2147 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2150 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2154 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2155 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2156 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2157 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2158 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2162 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2163 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2164 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2166 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2172 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2173 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2174 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2176 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2177 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2178 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2180 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2183 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2185 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2187 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2190 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2195 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2196 for this location's address. */
2197 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2201 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2202 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2203 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2206 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2207 to send the conditions to the target. */
2208 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2215 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2216 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2217 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2219 static agent_expr_up
2220 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2222 const char *cmdrest
;
2223 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2224 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2231 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2233 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2235 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2236 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2238 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2240 format_pieces
fpieces (&cmdrest
);
2242 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2244 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2245 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2247 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2249 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2250 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2252 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2254 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2256 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2258 std::vector
<struct expression
*> argvec
;
2259 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2264 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2265 argvec
.push_back (expr
.release ());
2267 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2271 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2273 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2274 that may show up. */
2277 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2278 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2279 argvec
.size (), argvec
.data ());
2281 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2283 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2284 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2285 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2289 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2293 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2294 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2295 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2298 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2300 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2301 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2302 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2303 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2305 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2306 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2308 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2311 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2312 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2315 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2316 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2317 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2319 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2322 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2323 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2324 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2328 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2329 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2330 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2331 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2332 response back to GDB. */
2333 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2336 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2340 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2341 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2342 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2343 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2345 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2346 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2349 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2350 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2351 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2353 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2359 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2361 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2363 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2366 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2367 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2369 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2371 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2374 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2379 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2380 for this location's address. */
2381 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2384 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2385 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2386 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2387 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2390 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2391 to send the commands to the target. */
2392 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2396 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2397 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2398 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2399 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2402 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2403 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2404 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2408 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2410 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2412 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2413 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2415 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
->ptid
);
2417 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2421 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2424 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2425 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2426 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2427 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2430 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2431 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2433 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2434 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2435 int *disabled_breaks
,
2436 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2437 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2439 gdb_exception bp_excpt
= exception_none
;
2441 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2444 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2445 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2446 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2447 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2448 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2449 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2450 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2451 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2452 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2453 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2454 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2455 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2457 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2458 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2459 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2460 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2462 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2464 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2465 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2466 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2467 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2470 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2471 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2473 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2475 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2476 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2477 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2479 Two important cases are:
2480 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2481 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2482 hardware breakpoint.
2483 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2484 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2485 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2488 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2489 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2490 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2491 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2493 struct mem_region
*mr
2494 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2498 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2500 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2502 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2503 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2505 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2507 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2509 static int said
= 0;
2511 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2514 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2515 _("Note: automatically using "
2516 "hardware breakpoints for "
2517 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2522 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2523 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2525 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2526 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2527 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2528 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2530 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2536 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2537 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2538 || bl
->section
== NULL
2539 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2541 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2546 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2548 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2550 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2558 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2559 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2560 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2562 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2563 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2564 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2565 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2566 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2570 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2572 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2573 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2574 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2576 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2581 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2582 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2583 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2584 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2585 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2588 = gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2590 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2596 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2597 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2598 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2599 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2603 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2604 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2606 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2611 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2613 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2615 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2623 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2624 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2629 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2631 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2633 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2634 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2635 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2636 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2637 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2638 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2639 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2640 errors as memory errors. */
2641 if (bp_excpt
.reason
== RETURN_ERROR
2642 && (bp_excpt
.error
== GENERIC_ERROR
2643 || bp_excpt
.error
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2644 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2645 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2646 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2649 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2650 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2651 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bl
->owner
);
2652 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2654 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2655 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2657 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2658 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2659 "library breakpoints:\n");
2661 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2662 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2663 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2668 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2670 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2671 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
;
2672 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2673 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2675 bp_excpt
.message
? ":" : ".\n");
2676 if (bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
)
2677 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n",
2682 if (bp_excpt
.message
== NULL
)
2685 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2686 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2688 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2689 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2691 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2695 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2696 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2711 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2712 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2713 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2714 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2718 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2719 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2721 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2723 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2724 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2725 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2727 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2729 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2730 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2732 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2734 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2735 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2739 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2740 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2747 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2748 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2751 /* Back to the original value. */
2752 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2756 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2759 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2763 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2764 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2766 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2769 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2773 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2774 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2776 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2779 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2781 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2782 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2783 so just return success. */
2790 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2791 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2795 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2797 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2798 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2800 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2801 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2803 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2804 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2807 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2808 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2809 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2811 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2813 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2815 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2816 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2817 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2819 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2820 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2822 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2828 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2829 removed locations above. */
2830 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2833 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2834 Throws exception on any error.
2835 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2836 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2838 insert_breakpoints (void)
2840 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2842 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2843 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2845 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2847 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2850 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2851 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2852 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2853 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2856 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2859 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2861 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2863 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2865 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2869 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2870 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2871 always-inserted mode. */
2874 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2876 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2879 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2880 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2881 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2883 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2885 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2886 there was an error. */
2887 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2889 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2891 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2893 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2895 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2898 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2899 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2900 deletion of breakpoints. */
2901 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2904 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2906 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2907 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2908 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2909 insert breakpoints. */
2910 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2911 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2914 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2915 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2922 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2923 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2927 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2930 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2932 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2933 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2936 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2937 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2938 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2940 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2942 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2943 there was an error. */
2944 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2946 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2948 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2950 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2953 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2954 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2955 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2956 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2957 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2960 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2962 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2963 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2964 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2965 insert breakpoints. */
2966 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2967 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2970 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2971 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2976 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2977 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2978 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2980 int some_failed
= 0;
2981 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2983 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2986 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2989 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2992 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2993 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3000 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3002 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3004 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3005 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3006 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3014 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3015 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3016 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3018 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3019 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3021 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3022 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3026 /* Used when the program stops.
3027 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3028 removing a breakpoint location. */
3031 remove_breakpoints (void)
3033 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3036 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3038 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3039 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3044 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3048 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3050 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3052 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3054 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3056 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3058 printf_filtered (_("\
3059 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3060 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3062 /* Hide it from the user. */
3068 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3071 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3073 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3075 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3077 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3079 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3082 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3084 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3092 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3094 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3095 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3096 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3097 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3098 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3099 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3101 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3104 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3107 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3108 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3112 static struct breakpoint
*
3113 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3114 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3115 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3117 symtab_and_line sal
;
3119 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3120 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3122 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3123 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3124 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3129 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3131 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3133 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3135 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3136 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3138 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3139 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
{};
3141 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3142 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
] {};
3144 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3145 int longjmp_searched
= 0;
3147 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3149 std::vector
<probe
*> longjmp_probes
;
3151 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3152 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
{};
3154 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3155 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
{};
3157 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3158 int exception_searched
= 0;
3160 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3162 std::vector
<probe
*> exception_probes
;
3165 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3167 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3168 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3170 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3173 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3175 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3178 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3179 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3181 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3182 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3184 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3186 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3187 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3188 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3190 bp_objfile_data
= new breakpoint_objfile_data ();
3191 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3193 return bp_objfile_data
;
3197 free_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3199 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3200 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3202 delete bp_objfile_data
;
3206 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3208 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3209 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3211 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3213 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3214 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3216 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3218 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3220 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3223 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3225 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3227 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3228 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3230 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3231 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3234 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3237 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3238 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3240 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3241 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3242 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3243 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3245 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3247 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3248 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3252 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3253 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3259 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3261 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3263 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3265 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3267 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3269 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3271 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3274 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3275 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3277 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3279 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3281 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3283 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3284 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3288 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3291 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3293 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3294 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3298 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3299 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3302 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
.empty ())
3304 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3306 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
)
3308 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3310 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3311 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3313 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3314 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3315 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3321 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3324 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3326 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3327 const char *func_name
;
3329 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3331 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3334 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3335 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3337 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3339 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3340 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3342 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3343 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3346 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3349 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3350 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3351 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3352 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3353 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3354 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3355 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3361 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3363 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3365 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3366 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3368 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3370 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3372 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3375 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3377 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3379 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3380 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3381 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3383 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3385 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3388 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3390 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3392 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3393 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3394 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3396 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3397 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3400 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3403 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3404 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3405 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3406 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3407 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3408 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3409 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3410 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3415 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3418 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3420 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3421 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3423 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3425 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3426 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3427 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3429 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3431 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3433 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3434 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3436 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3437 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3441 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3444 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3446 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3447 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3451 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3452 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3455 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
.empty ())
3457 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3459 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
)
3461 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3463 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3464 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3465 bp_exception_master
,
3466 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3467 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3468 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3474 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3476 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3479 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3481 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3483 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3485 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3486 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3488 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3492 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3495 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3496 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3498 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3499 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3500 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3501 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3502 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3503 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3507 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3510 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3512 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3516 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3518 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3519 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3521 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3522 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3523 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3524 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3525 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3526 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3527 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3528 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3529 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3530 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3531 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3533 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3535 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3538 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3539 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3541 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3545 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3546 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3548 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3552 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3553 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3554 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3555 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3556 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3558 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3562 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3563 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3565 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3569 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3570 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3572 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3576 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3578 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3579 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3580 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3582 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3586 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3588 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3589 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3590 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3591 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3595 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3596 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3597 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3598 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3599 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3600 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3602 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3603 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3604 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3605 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3606 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3607 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3608 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3610 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3611 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3612 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3613 let finish_command delete it.
3615 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3616 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3617 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3618 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3619 solib breakpoints.) */
3621 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3626 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3627 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3629 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3631 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3638 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3640 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3642 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3643 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3645 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3646 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3648 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3649 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3650 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3652 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3655 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3656 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3657 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3658 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3659 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3660 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3661 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3665 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3671 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3672 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3673 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3674 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3675 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3678 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3682 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3683 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3685 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3686 This should not ever happen. */
3687 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3689 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3690 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3692 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3693 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3694 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3696 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3697 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3698 || bl
->section
== NULL
3699 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3701 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3703 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3704 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3705 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3706 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3707 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3708 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3709 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3710 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3711 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3712 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3713 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3714 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3715 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3716 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3717 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3718 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3719 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3720 they should always be removed. */
3721 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3722 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3723 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3726 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3730 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3731 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3732 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3734 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3735 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3737 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3738 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3739 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3740 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3741 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3743 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3744 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3747 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3748 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3751 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3752 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3753 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3754 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3756 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3757 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3758 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3759 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3760 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3761 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3767 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3772 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3773 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3774 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3775 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3776 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3777 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3778 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3779 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3780 always-inserted mode. */
3782 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3783 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3784 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3785 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3791 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3793 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3795 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3796 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3798 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3799 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3801 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3802 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
3803 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3806 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3807 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3810 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3811 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3813 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3817 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3824 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
3826 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3827 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3829 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3830 This should not ever happen. */
3831 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3833 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3835 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3837 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
3840 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3843 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3845 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3847 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3848 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3852 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3853 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3855 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3858 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3859 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3860 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3865 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3867 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3868 struct bp_location
*bl
;
3870 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3872 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3874 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3877 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3879 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3881 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3887 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3889 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3890 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3893 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3895 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3897 case bp_shlib_event
:
3899 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3900 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3901 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3902 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3903 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3905 (gdb) file prog-linux
3906 (gdb) run # native linux target
3909 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3910 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3913 case bp_step_resume
:
3915 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3917 case bp_single_step
:
3919 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3921 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3925 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3926 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3927 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3929 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3931 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3932 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3933 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3936 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
3937 valid. New ones will be created in
3938 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
3939 The next update_global_location_list call will
3940 garbage collect them. */
3943 if (context
== inf_starting
)
3945 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3946 insert_breakpoints. */
3947 w
->val
.reset (nullptr);
3958 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3959 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3960 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3961 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3964 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3965 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3966 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3967 match, not program space. */
3969 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3970 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3971 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3972 permanent breakpoint.
3973 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3974 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3975 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3976 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3977 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3979 enum breakpoint_here
3980 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3982 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3983 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3985 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3987 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3988 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3991 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3992 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3994 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3996 if (overlay_debugging
3997 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3998 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3999 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4000 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4001 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4003 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4007 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4010 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4013 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4014 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4016 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4018 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4020 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4021 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4024 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4026 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4029 if (overlay_debugging
4030 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4031 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4033 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4044 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4047 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4049 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4052 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4053 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4059 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4063 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4064 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4067 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4070 if (overlay_debugging
4071 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4072 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4073 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4080 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4083 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4085 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4087 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4089 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4091 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4092 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4095 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4101 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4105 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4108 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4110 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4112 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4114 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4117 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4124 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4127 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4130 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4132 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4134 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4136 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4139 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4147 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space
*aspace
,
4148 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4150 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4152 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4154 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4156 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4157 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4160 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4163 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4164 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4168 /* Check for intersection. */
4169 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4170 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4179 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4183 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4185 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4188 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4191 bpstats::~bpstats ()
4193 if (bp_location_at
!= NULL
)
4194 decref_bp_location (&bp_location_at
);
4197 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4198 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4201 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4218 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats
&other
)
4220 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4221 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4222 commands (other
.commands
),
4223 print (other
.print
),
4225 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4227 if (other
.old_val
!= NULL
)
4228 old_val
= release_value (value_copy (other
.old_val
.get ()));
4229 incref_bp_location (bp_location_at
);
4232 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4233 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4236 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4240 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4245 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4247 tmp
= new bpstats (*bs
);
4250 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4260 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4263 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4268 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4270 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4276 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4279 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4281 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4283 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4285 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4287 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4292 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4301 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4302 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4303 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4304 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4306 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4307 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4309 Return 1 otherwise. */
4312 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4314 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4317 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4319 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4320 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4321 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4322 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4323 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4325 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4327 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4331 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4334 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4336 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4339 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4342 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4346 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4348 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4349 bs
->old_val
.reset (nullptr);
4353 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4356 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4358 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4360 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4362 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4363 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4364 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4365 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4366 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4370 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4373 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4374 or its equivalent. */
4377 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4379 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4382 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4383 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4384 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4385 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4387 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4388 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4389 bpstat of the current thread. */
4392 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4397 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4399 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4402 scoped_restore save_executing
4403 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands
, 1);
4405 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4407 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4410 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4411 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4413 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4415 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4417 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4418 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4419 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4420 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4421 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4422 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4423 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4424 the tree when we're done. */
4425 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4426 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4429 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4431 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4437 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4439 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4445 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4447 if (current_ui
->async
)
4448 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4449 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4450 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4453 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4454 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4455 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4456 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4457 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4458 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4459 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4460 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4461 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4462 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4463 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4464 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4465 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4474 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4476 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4478 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4479 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4480 && target_has_execution
4481 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4482 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4483 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4484 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4485 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4486 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4487 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4490 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4493 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4496 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4499 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4502 struct value_print_options opts
;
4503 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4504 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4508 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4509 debugging multiple threads. */
4512 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4514 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4519 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4522 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4524 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4525 uiout
->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4527 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4530 uiout
->text (" \"");
4531 uiout
->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name
);
4535 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4539 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4540 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4541 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4542 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4545 static enum print_stop_action
4546 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4548 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4551 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4552 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4556 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4557 relevant messages. */
4558 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4561 case print_it_normal
:
4563 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4565 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4566 which has since been deleted. */
4568 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4570 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4571 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4576 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4577 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4582 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4585 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4587 bool any_deleted
= !current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.empty ();
4589 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4593 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4594 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4596 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4597 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4600 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4601 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4602 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4606 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4607 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4608 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.size (); ix
++)
4610 const std::string
&name
= current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
[ix
];
4613 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4614 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4615 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4621 struct so_list
*iter
;
4624 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4625 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4627 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4632 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4633 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4634 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4639 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4640 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4641 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4642 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4643 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4644 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4645 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4648 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4649 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4650 code to print the location. An example is
4651 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4653 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4654 to also print the location part of the message.
4655 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4656 don't require a location appended to the end.
4657 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4658 further info to be printed. */
4660 enum print_stop_action
4661 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4663 enum print_stop_action val
;
4665 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4666 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4667 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4668 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4669 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4671 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4672 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4673 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4674 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4678 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4679 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4680 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4681 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4683 print_solib_event (0);
4684 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4687 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4688 with and nothing was printed. */
4689 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4692 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4695 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4697 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4698 bool res
= value_true (evaluate_expression (exp
));
4700 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4704 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4706 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4708 bp_location_at (bl
),
4709 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4713 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4715 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4716 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4717 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
4722 bp_location_at (NULL
),
4723 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
4727 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4731 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4732 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4735 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4737 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4739 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4741 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4743 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4744 as not triggered. */
4746 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4748 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4750 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4756 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4758 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4759 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4761 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4763 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4765 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4771 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4772 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4776 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4778 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4779 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4781 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4782 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4784 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4786 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4787 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4789 if (newaddr
== start
)
4791 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4795 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4796 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4800 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4809 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4810 enum wp_check_result
4812 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4815 /* The value has changed. */
4816 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
4818 /* The value has not changed. */
4819 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
4821 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4825 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4826 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4828 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4831 static wp_check_result
4832 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs
)
4834 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4835 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4836 int within_current_scope
;
4838 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4839 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4840 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4842 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4843 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4844 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4845 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4848 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4849 within_current_scope
= 1;
4852 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4853 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4854 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4856 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4857 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4858 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4859 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4860 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4861 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4862 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4863 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4864 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4865 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4868 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4869 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4871 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4872 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4873 if (within_current_scope
)
4875 struct symbol
*function
;
4877 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4878 if (function
== NULL
4879 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4880 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4881 within_current_scope
= 0;
4884 if (within_current_scope
)
4885 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4886 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4891 if (within_current_scope
)
4893 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4894 time before we return to the command level and call
4895 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4896 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4900 struct value
*new_val
;
4902 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4903 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4904 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4905 a mask watchpoint. */
4906 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4908 mark
= value_mark ();
4909 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
4911 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
4912 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
4914 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4915 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4916 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4917 not what we want. */
4918 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4919 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
.get (),
4922 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4923 b
->val
= release_value (new_val
);
4925 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4926 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4927 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4931 /* Nothing changed. */
4932 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4933 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4938 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4939 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4940 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4941 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4942 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4943 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4944 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4945 the first value assigned). */
4946 /* We print all the stop information in
4947 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4948 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4949 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4952 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4954 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4956 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4958 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4959 uiout
->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
4960 uiout
->field_int ("wpnum", b
->number
);
4961 uiout
->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
4962 "which its expression is valid.\n");
4965 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4967 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4973 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4974 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4975 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4978 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4979 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4980 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4982 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4984 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4985 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4987 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4990 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4991 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4994 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4996 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4997 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4999 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5000 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5001 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5002 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5003 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5006 int must_check_value
= 0;
5008 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5009 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5011 must_check_value
= 1;
5012 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5013 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5014 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5016 must_check_value
= 1;
5017 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5018 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5019 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5020 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5021 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5022 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5023 must_check_value
= 1;
5025 if (must_check_value
)
5031 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
5033 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
5035 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5036 "Error evaluating expression "
5037 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5040 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5042 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5045 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5053 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5054 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5058 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5061 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5062 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5064 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5066 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5067 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5068 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5069 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5070 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5071 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5072 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5075 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5076 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5079 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5080 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5081 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5082 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5084 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5085 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5086 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5089 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5090 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5091 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5092 changes. This still gives false positives when
5093 the program writes the same value to memory as
5094 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5095 it for a read), but it's much better than
5098 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5100 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5102 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5104 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5105 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5106 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5108 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5109 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5111 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5112 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5114 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5120 if (other_write_watchpoint
5121 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5123 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5124 and the value changed since the last time we
5125 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5127 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5132 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5133 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5134 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5136 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5137 the value hasn't changed. */
5138 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5148 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5150 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5151 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5152 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5153 anything for this watchpoint. */
5154 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5160 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5161 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5162 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5163 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5166 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5168 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5169 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5171 bool condition_result
= true;
5172 struct expression
*cond
;
5174 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5176 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5177 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5178 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5179 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5180 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5182 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5183 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5184 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5186 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5187 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5193 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5194 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5196 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid
))
5197 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5204 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5206 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5208 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5210 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5212 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5215 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5217 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5219 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5220 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5222 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5223 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5224 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5225 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5227 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5229 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5230 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5234 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5235 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5236 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5237 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5238 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5240 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5241 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5244 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5246 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5247 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5248 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5249 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5250 really matter which instantiation of the function
5251 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5252 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5253 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5254 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5255 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5256 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5257 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5258 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5260 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5262 select_frame (frame
);
5264 within_current_scope
= 0;
5266 if (within_current_scope
)
5270 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5272 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
5274 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5275 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5281 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5282 "in the current scope"));
5283 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5284 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5286 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5287 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5290 if (cond
&& !condition_result
)
5294 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5298 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5300 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5304 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5305 on the current target. */
5308 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5310 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5311 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5312 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5313 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5317 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5318 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5320 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5321 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5324 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5326 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5328 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5329 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5330 several reasons concurrently.)
5332 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5333 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5336 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space
*aspace
,
5337 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5338 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5340 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5341 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5342 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5343 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5344 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5345 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5348 int need_remove_insert
;
5351 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5352 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5353 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5354 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5355 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5356 inferior function calls. */
5360 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5363 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5365 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5366 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5367 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5368 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5369 checked all locations already. */
5370 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5373 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5376 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5379 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5382 bs
= new bpstats (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5385 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5386 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5387 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5391 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5392 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5393 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5395 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5397 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5399 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5404 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5405 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5406 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5408 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5410 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5411 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5413 bs
= new bpstats (loc
, &bs_link
);
5414 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5417 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5422 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5423 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5424 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5426 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5428 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5430 handle_solib_event ();
5435 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5436 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5437 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5441 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5446 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5447 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5450 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5455 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5457 /* We will stop here. */
5458 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5460 --(b
->enable_count
);
5461 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5462 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5467 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5468 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5469 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5472 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5477 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5479 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5480 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5483 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5484 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5485 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5487 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5488 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5489 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5491 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5492 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5494 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5496 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5497 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5500 if (need_remove_insert
)
5501 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5502 else if (removed_any
)
5503 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5509 handle_jit_event (void)
5511 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5512 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5515 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5517 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5518 breakpoint_re_set. */
5519 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5521 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5522 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5524 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5526 target_terminal::inferior ();
5529 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5531 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5534 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5536 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5539 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5540 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5541 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5543 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5545 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5546 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5547 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5550 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5552 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5553 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5557 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5564 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5565 case bp_single_step
:
5568 case bp_shlib_event
:
5572 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5574 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5577 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5580 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5581 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5582 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5586 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5588 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5592 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5593 This requires no further action. */
5597 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5601 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5602 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5605 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5607 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5608 case bp_exception_resume
:
5611 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5612 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5615 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5617 case bp_step_resume
:
5619 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5622 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5623 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5626 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5628 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5631 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5632 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5635 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5636 case bp_thread_event
:
5637 case bp_overlay_event
:
5638 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5639 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5640 case bp_exception_master
:
5641 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5647 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5649 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5653 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5654 This requires no further action. */
5658 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5661 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5662 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5663 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5664 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5666 case bp_std_terminate
:
5667 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5668 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5669 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5670 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5673 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5674 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5675 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5676 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5678 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5679 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5681 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5682 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5683 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5685 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5686 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5687 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5688 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5693 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5695 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5699 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5700 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5703 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5710 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5714 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5716 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5723 handle_jit_event ();
5725 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5726 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5728 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5729 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5735 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5736 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5737 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5740 bpstat_should_step (void)
5742 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5745 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5751 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5753 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5762 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5763 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5764 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5767 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5769 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5770 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5774 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5776 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5778 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5779 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5780 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5785 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5791 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5792 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5794 "host": Host evals condition.
5795 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5796 "target": Target evals condition.
5800 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5802 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5803 char host_evals
= 0;
5804 char target_evals
= 0;
5809 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5812 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5813 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5814 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5816 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5818 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5824 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5825 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5826 else if (target_evals
)
5827 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5829 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5832 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5833 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5836 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5838 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5841 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5842 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5843 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5845 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5846 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5848 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5851 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5854 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5855 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5857 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5859 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
5861 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5865 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5867 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5868 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5869 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5871 const struct symbol
*sym
= loc
->symbol
;
5874 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5878 uiout
->text ("in ");
5879 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5881 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5882 uiout
->text ("at ");
5884 uiout
->field_string ("file",
5885 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
5888 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5889 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5891 uiout
->field_int ("line", loc
->line_number
);
5897 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
5899 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
5903 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
5904 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5905 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5906 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5907 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5908 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
5910 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
5914 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
5918 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5919 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5920 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5923 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5924 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5930 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5932 struct ep_type_description
5935 const char *description
;
5937 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5939 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5940 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5941 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5942 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
5943 {bp_until
, "until"},
5944 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5945 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5946 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5947 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5948 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5949 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5950 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5951 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5952 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5953 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5954 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5955 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5956 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5957 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5958 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5959 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5960 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5961 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5962 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5963 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5964 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5965 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5966 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5967 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5968 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5969 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5970 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5971 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5972 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5975 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5976 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5977 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5978 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5981 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5984 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5985 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5988 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5989 const char *field_name
,
5990 const std::vector
<int> &inf_nums
,
5993 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
5995 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5996 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5997 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6000 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
6002 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< inf_nums
.size (); i
++)
6008 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf_nums
[i
]);
6009 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6014 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6018 uiout
->text (plongest (inf_nums
[i
]));
6023 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6026 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6027 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6029 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6032 struct command_line
*l
;
6033 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6035 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6036 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6037 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6038 struct value_print_options opts
;
6040 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6042 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6043 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6044 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6047 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6048 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6056 if (part_of_multiple
)
6059 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6060 uiout
->field_string ("number", formatted
);
6065 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
6070 if (part_of_multiple
)
6071 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6073 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6077 if (part_of_multiple
)
6078 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6080 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6085 if (part_of_multiple
)
6086 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6088 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6093 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6095 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6096 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6097 make sure there's just one location. */
6098 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6099 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6105 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6106 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6110 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6111 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6112 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6114 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6116 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6117 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6118 is relatively readable). */
6119 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6120 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6122 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6127 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6128 case bp_single_step
:
6132 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6133 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6135 case bp_exception_resume
:
6136 case bp_step_resume
:
6137 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6138 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6140 case bp_std_terminate
:
6141 case bp_shlib_event
:
6142 case bp_thread_event
:
6143 case bp_overlay_event
:
6144 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6145 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6146 case bp_exception_master
:
6148 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6149 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6152 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6153 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6154 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6157 if (header_of_multiple
)
6158 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6159 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6160 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6162 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6163 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6166 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6167 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6174 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6176 struct inferior
*inf
;
6177 std::vector
<int> inf_nums
;
6182 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6183 inf_nums
.push_back (inf
->num
);
6186 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6187 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6189 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6190 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6191 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6192 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6193 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6194 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6196 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_nums
, mi_only
);
6199 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6201 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6203 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6204 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6205 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6206 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6208 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6210 uiout
->text (" task ");
6211 uiout
->field_int ("task", b
->task
);
6217 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6218 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6220 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6223 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6224 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6226 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6227 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6231 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6234 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6235 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6237 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6238 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6240 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6241 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6242 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6243 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6244 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6247 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6248 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6249 uiout
->text (" evals)");
6254 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6256 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6257 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6258 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6259 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6262 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6264 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6269 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6273 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6274 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6275 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6276 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6277 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6279 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6280 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6281 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6282 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6283 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6285 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6289 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6290 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6291 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6295 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6298 uiout
->text ("\tignore next ");
6299 uiout
->field_int ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6300 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6303 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6304 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6305 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6306 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6309 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6310 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6311 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6312 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6313 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6315 uiout
->text ("next ");
6316 uiout
->field_int ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6317 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6320 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6322 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6324 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6326 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6327 uiout
->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6328 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6332 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6333 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6336 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6337 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6340 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6342 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6344 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6346 annotate_field (10);
6347 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6348 uiout
->field_int ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6349 uiout
->text (" \n");
6352 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6354 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6356 annotate_field (11);
6358 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6359 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6360 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6366 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6367 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6372 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6374 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6376 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6378 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6380 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6381 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6382 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6383 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6388 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6389 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6392 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6395 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "bkpt");
6397 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6400 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6401 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6402 locations, if any. */
6403 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6405 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6406 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6407 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6410 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6411 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6413 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6414 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6416 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6419 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6421 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6422 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6429 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6431 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6432 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6434 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6435 address to print. */
6436 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6439 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6443 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6444 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6445 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6448 return print_address_bits
;
6451 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6454 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6456 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6457 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6460 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6461 internal or momentary. */
6464 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6466 return b
->number
> 0;
6469 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6472 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6474 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6477 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6478 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6479 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6480 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6481 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6482 breakpoints listed. */
6485 breakpoint_1 (const char *args
, int allflag
,
6486 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6488 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6489 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6490 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6491 struct value_print_options opts
;
6492 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6493 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6494 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6496 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6498 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6499 required for address fields. */
6500 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6503 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6504 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6507 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6508 accept. Skip the others. */
6509 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6511 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6513 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6517 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6519 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6521 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6522 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6523 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6525 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6526 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6527 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6529 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6534 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6535 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6536 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6539 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6540 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6541 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6543 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6544 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6546 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6547 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6549 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6550 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6552 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6553 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6555 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6557 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6558 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6560 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6562 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6564 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6565 uiout
->table_body ();
6566 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6567 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6572 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6573 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6576 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6577 accept. Skip the others. */
6579 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6581 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6583 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6586 else /* all others */
6588 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6592 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6594 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6595 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6599 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6601 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6605 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6606 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6608 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6614 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6615 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6618 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6619 there have been breakpoints? */
6620 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6622 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6625 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6626 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6629 default_collect_info (void)
6631 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6633 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6634 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6636 if (!*default_collect
)
6639 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6641 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6642 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6643 uiout
->text (" \n");
6647 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6649 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6651 default_collect_info ();
6655 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6657 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6658 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6660 if (num_printed
== 0)
6662 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6663 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6665 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6670 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6672 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6674 default_collect_info ();
6678 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6679 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6680 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6682 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6684 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6686 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6687 && bl
->address
== pc
6688 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6694 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6695 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6699 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6700 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6701 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6704 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6707 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6708 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6712 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6713 else /* if (others == ???) */
6714 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6716 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6719 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6720 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6721 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6722 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6723 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6724 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6725 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6726 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6730 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6732 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6733 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6734 printf_filtered (".\n");
6739 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6740 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
6741 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
6742 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6744 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6745 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
6746 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6747 breakpoint location at address zero:
6755 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6757 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6759 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6762 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6763 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6766 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6767 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6769 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6770 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6772 /* Both of them must exist. */
6773 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6774 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6776 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6777 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6778 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6779 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6780 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6781 other watchpoint. */
6783 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6785 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6786 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
6788 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6790 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6791 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
6794 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6795 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6796 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6797 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6798 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6799 become hw_access locations later. */
6800 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6801 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6802 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6803 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6806 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6809 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6810 const address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6812 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6813 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6817 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6818 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6819 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6820 space doesn't really matter. */
6823 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space
*aspace1
,
6825 int len1
, const address_space
*aspace2
,
6828 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6829 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6830 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6833 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6834 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6835 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6836 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6839 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6840 const address_space
*aspace
,
6843 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6846 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6847 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6851 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6852 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6853 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6854 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6855 doesn't really matter. */
6858 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6859 const address_space
*aspace
,
6860 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
6862 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6863 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
6865 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
6867 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
6873 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6874 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6875 true, otherwise returns false. */
6878 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6879 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6881 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6882 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6883 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6884 different locations. */
6885 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6890 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6891 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6892 represent the same location. */
6895 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6896 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6898 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6900 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6901 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6902 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6904 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6905 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6907 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6910 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6911 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6912 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6914 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6915 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6916 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6917 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6921 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6922 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6924 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6925 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6929 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6930 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6932 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6933 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6935 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6938 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6939 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6940 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6941 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6944 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6945 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6947 if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6948 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6949 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6950 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6951 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6953 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6954 have their addresses modified. */
6957 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
6959 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6960 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6961 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6962 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6963 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6964 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
6969 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
= bpaddr
;
6971 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6973 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6974 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6975 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6978 adjusted_bpaddr
= address_significant (gdbarch
, adjusted_bpaddr
);
6980 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6981 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6983 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6984 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6986 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6990 bp_location::bp_location (const bp_location_ops
*ops
, breakpoint
*owner
)
6992 bp_location
*loc
= this;
6994 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6998 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6999 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7002 switch (owner
->type
)
7005 case bp_single_step
:
7009 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7010 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7012 case bp_exception_resume
:
7013 case bp_step_resume
:
7014 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7015 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7017 case bp_std_terminate
:
7018 case bp_shlib_event
:
7019 case bp_thread_event
:
7020 case bp_overlay_event
:
7022 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7023 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7024 case bp_exception_master
:
7025 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7026 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7028 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7029 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7031 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7032 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7033 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7035 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7036 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7037 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7038 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7043 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7044 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7045 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7048 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7054 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7056 static struct bp_location
*
7057 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7059 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7063 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7065 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7069 /* Increment reference count. */
7072 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7077 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7078 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7081 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7083 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7085 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7086 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7090 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7093 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7095 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7096 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7098 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7099 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7101 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7103 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7108 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7114 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7117 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7118 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7120 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7122 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7126 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7127 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7128 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7129 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7132 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7133 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7135 static struct breakpoint
*
7136 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7138 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7140 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7142 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7143 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7146 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7147 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7151 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7153 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7155 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7156 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7157 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7159 const char *function_name
;
7161 if (loc
->msymbol
!= NULL
7162 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7163 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc
)
7166 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7168 function_name
= MSYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (loc
->msymbol
);
7170 if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7171 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7173 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7174 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7175 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7176 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7178 loc
->related_address
= loc
->address
;
7182 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &function_name
, NULL
, NULL
);
7185 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7189 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7191 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7194 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7196 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7201 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7202 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7203 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7205 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7206 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7207 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7210 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7211 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7212 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7214 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7216 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7218 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7219 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7221 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7222 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7224 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7225 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7228 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7229 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7230 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7231 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7232 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7233 is also returned as the value of this function.
7235 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7236 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7237 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7238 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7239 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7240 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7241 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7244 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7245 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7246 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7248 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7250 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7251 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7254 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7255 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7256 initiated the operation. */
7259 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7261 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7262 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7264 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7265 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7266 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7267 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7268 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7269 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7270 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7271 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7273 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7274 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7276 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7277 after their removal. */
7278 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7279 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7280 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7283 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7286 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7288 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7290 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7292 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7293 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7295 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7296 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7301 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7303 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7305 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7306 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7308 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7309 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7313 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7314 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7315 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7319 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7321 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7324 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7326 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7328 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7329 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7331 new_b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7333 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7335 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7338 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7339 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7340 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7341 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7347 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7348 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7351 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7352 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7356 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7358 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7360 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7361 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7363 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7365 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7366 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7367 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7368 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7371 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7373 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7375 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7376 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7377 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7379 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7384 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7386 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7389 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7391 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7392 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7393 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7398 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7400 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7403 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7405 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7406 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7407 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7411 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7412 master breakpoint. */
7414 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7416 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7418 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7419 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7420 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7422 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7423 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7427 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7429 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7431 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7433 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7434 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7435 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7439 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7441 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7443 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7444 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7446 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7447 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7448 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7450 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7455 struct lang_and_radix
7461 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7464 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7466 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7467 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7470 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7473 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7475 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7477 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7478 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7479 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7480 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7484 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7486 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7488 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7489 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7490 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7491 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7494 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7497 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7499 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7501 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7502 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7503 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7504 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7507 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7508 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7509 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7511 static struct breakpoint
*
7512 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7513 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7515 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7517 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7518 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7519 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7524 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7526 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7529 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7532 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7534 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7536 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7538 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7539 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7541 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7547 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7548 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7551 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7553 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7555 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7557 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7558 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7560 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7561 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7562 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7563 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7564 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7565 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7566 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7567 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7568 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7569 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7570 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7571 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7574 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7579 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7580 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7581 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7584 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7586 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7587 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7589 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7591 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7592 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7594 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7595 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7596 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7597 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7598 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7599 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7600 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7601 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7602 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7604 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7605 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7606 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7607 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7610 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7611 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7613 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7615 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7616 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7617 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7620 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7625 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7626 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7627 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7630 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7632 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7634 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7637 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7638 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7639 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7640 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7641 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7642 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7643 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7644 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7645 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7646 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7648 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7649 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7654 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7655 int bp_modified
= 0;
7657 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7660 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7662 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7664 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7665 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7668 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7671 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7674 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7675 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7678 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7680 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7681 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7682 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7683 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7684 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7687 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7694 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7698 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7700 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7701 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7702 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7704 struct fork_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7706 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7707 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7708 catchpoint has triggered. */
7709 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7712 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7716 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7718 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7721 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7725 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7727 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7730 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7734 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7735 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7736 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7738 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7740 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7743 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7747 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7750 static enum print_stop_action
7751 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7753 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7754 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7755 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7757 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7758 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7759 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7760 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7762 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7763 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7765 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7766 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7768 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7769 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
7770 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7771 uiout
->text ("), ");
7772 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7775 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7779 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7781 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7782 struct value_print_options opts
;
7783 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7785 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7787 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7788 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7790 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7791 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7793 uiout
->text ("fork");
7794 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7796 uiout
->text (", process ");
7797 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7801 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7802 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7805 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7809 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7811 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7814 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7818 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7820 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7821 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7824 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7826 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7828 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7832 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7834 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7837 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7841 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7843 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7846 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7850 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7851 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7852 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7854 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7856 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7859 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7863 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7866 static enum print_stop_action
7867 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7869 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7870 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7871 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7873 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7874 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7875 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7876 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7878 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7879 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7881 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7882 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7884 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7885 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
7886 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7887 uiout
->text ("), ");
7888 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7891 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7895 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7897 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7898 struct value_print_options opts
;
7899 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7901 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7902 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7903 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7905 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7906 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7908 uiout
->text ("vfork");
7909 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7911 uiout
->text (", process ");
7912 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7916 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7917 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7920 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7924 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7926 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7929 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7933 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7935 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7936 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7939 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7941 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7943 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7944 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7945 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7947 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7949 ~solib_catchpoint () override
;
7951 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7952 unsigned char is_load
;
7954 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7955 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7957 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
7960 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
7962 xfree (this->regex
);
7966 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7972 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7978 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7979 const address_space
*aspace
,
7981 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7983 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7984 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7986 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7989 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7991 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7993 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7996 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7999 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
8002 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8004 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8013 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8015 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8016 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8020 struct so_list
*iter
;
8023 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8028 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8034 for (const std::string
&iter
: current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
)
8037 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
.c_str (), 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8043 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8046 static enum print_stop_action
8047 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8049 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8050 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8052 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8053 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8054 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8055 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8057 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8058 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8060 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8061 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8062 print_solib_event (1);
8063 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8067 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8069 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8070 struct value_print_options opts
;
8071 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8074 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8075 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8076 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8078 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8081 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8088 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8090 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8095 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8097 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8099 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8102 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8103 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8107 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8109 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8111 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8112 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8116 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8118 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8120 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8121 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8122 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8124 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8125 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8128 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8130 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8131 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8132 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8133 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8134 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8135 created in an enabled state. */
8138 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8140 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8144 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8146 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8150 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
8151 _("Invalid regexp")));
8152 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8155 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8156 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8157 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8159 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8161 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8164 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8168 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8169 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8172 const int enabled
= 1;
8174 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8176 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8180 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8181 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8183 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8187 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8188 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8190 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8193 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8194 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8195 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8196 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8199 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8200 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8201 const char *cond_string
,
8202 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8204 symtab_and_line sal
;
8205 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8207 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8209 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8210 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8214 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
8216 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
8217 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8218 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8219 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8222 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
8225 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8229 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8230 int tempflag
, const char *cond_string
,
8231 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8233 std::unique_ptr
<fork_catchpoint
> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8235 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8237 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8239 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8242 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8244 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8245 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8246 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8248 struct exec_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8250 ~exec_catchpoint () override
;
8252 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8253 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8255 char *exec_pathname
;
8258 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8260 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8262 xfree (this->exec_pathname
);
8266 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8268 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8272 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8274 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8278 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8279 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8280 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8282 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8284 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8287 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8291 static enum print_stop_action
8292 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8294 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8295 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8296 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8298 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8299 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8300 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8301 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8303 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8304 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8306 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8307 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8309 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8310 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8311 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8312 uiout
->text ("), ");
8314 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8318 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8320 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8321 struct value_print_options opts
;
8322 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8324 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8326 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8327 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8328 is relatively readable). */
8329 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8330 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8332 uiout
->text ("exec");
8333 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8335 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8336 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8337 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8340 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8341 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8345 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8347 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8350 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8354 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8356 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8357 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8360 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8363 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8366 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8367 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8371 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8372 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8374 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8376 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8383 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8387 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8390 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8392 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8395 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8397 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8399 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8405 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8406 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8407 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8408 types _not_ TYPE. */
8411 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8412 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8415 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8417 *other_type_used
= 0;
8422 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8425 if (b
->type
== type
)
8426 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8427 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8428 *other_type_used
= 1;
8435 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8437 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8441 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8443 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8444 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8450 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8452 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8456 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8458 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8459 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8465 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8467 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8468 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8472 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8474 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8475 breakpoint_re_set ();
8478 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8481 static struct breakpoint
*
8482 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8484 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8486 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8487 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8489 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8490 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8493 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8495 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8498 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8499 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8503 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8504 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8506 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8508 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8510 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8512 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8513 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8514 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8515 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8517 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8518 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8520 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8521 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8523 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8525 return breakpoint_up (b
);
8528 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8529 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8530 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8532 static struct breakpoint
*
8533 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8535 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8538 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8540 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8541 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8542 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8544 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8545 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8546 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8547 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8548 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8549 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8550 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8551 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8552 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8553 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8554 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8555 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8557 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8558 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8559 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8561 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8565 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8569 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8571 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8575 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8579 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8582 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8584 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8586 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8587 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8589 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8593 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8596 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8598 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8599 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8601 printf_filtered ("\n");
8605 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8607 static struct bp_location
*
8608 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8609 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8611 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8612 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8613 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8615 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8616 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8618 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8619 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8620 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8621 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8622 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8623 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8624 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8627 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8628 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8629 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8630 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8635 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8636 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8637 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8638 loc
->probe
.prob
= sal
->prob
;
8639 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8640 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8641 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8642 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8643 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8644 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8645 loc
->symbol
= sal
->symbol
;
8646 loc
->msymbol
= sal
->msymbol
;
8647 loc
->objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8649 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8650 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8652 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8653 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8654 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8655 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8656 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8657 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8658 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8659 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8660 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8661 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8662 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8663 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8665 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8672 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8675 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
8679 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8680 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8683 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8685 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8689 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
8691 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8692 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8693 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8694 scoped_restore restore_memory
8695 = make_scoped_restore_show_memory_breakpoints (0);
8697 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8698 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8704 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8705 return 0 otherwise. */
8708 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8710 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8712 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
8713 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
8714 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8716 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
8719 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8720 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8721 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8724 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8725 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8728 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8730 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8731 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8736 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8738 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8740 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8742 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8744 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8745 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8747 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8748 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8749 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8751 if (!dprintf_function
)
8752 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8754 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8755 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8760 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8764 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8766 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8767 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8770 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8771 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8775 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8776 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8778 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8779 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8781 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
= XNEW (struct command_line
);
8783 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8784 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8785 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8786 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
8787 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
8789 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, command_line_up (printf_cmd_line
));
8793 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8794 current style settings. */
8797 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
8798 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8800 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8804 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8805 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8809 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8810 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8811 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8812 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8815 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8816 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8817 event_location_up
&&location
,
8818 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8819 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8820 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8821 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8822 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8823 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8824 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8825 int display_canonical
)
8829 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8831 int target_resources_ok
;
8833 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8834 target_resources_ok
=
8835 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8837 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8838 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8839 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8840 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8843 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8845 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8847 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8851 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8853 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8855 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8856 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8859 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
8861 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8865 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
.release ();
8866 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
.release ();
8867 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8868 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8869 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8871 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8872 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8874 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8876 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8877 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8879 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8881 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8882 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8884 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
8887 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8889 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8891 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.assign (p
, endp
- p
);
8893 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8895 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8897 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8899 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
8901 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8903 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8906 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8907 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8914 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8915 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8921 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
8923 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
8924 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
8926 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
8929 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8930 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8931 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8933 if (b
->extra_string
)
8934 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8936 error (_("Format string required"));
8938 else if (b
->extra_string
)
8939 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
8942 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
8943 if (location
!= NULL
)
8944 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
8946 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
8947 b
->filter
= filter
.release ();
8951 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8952 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8953 event_location_up
&&location
,
8954 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8955 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8956 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8957 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8958 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8959 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8960 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8961 int display_canonical
)
8963 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
8965 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
8966 sals
, std::move (location
),
8968 std::move (cond_string
),
8969 std::move (extra_string
),
8971 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8973 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8976 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
8979 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8980 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8981 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8982 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8983 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8984 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8985 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8986 we take just a single condition string.
8988 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8989 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8990 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8991 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8992 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8995 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8996 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
8997 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8998 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8999 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9000 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9001 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9002 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9004 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9005 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
9007 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
9009 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9010 'break', without arguments. */
9011 event_location_up location
9012 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9013 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
9014 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
9015 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
9017 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
9018 std::move (location
),
9019 std::move (filter_string
),
9020 std::move (cond_string
),
9021 std::move (extra_string
),
9023 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9024 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9025 canonical
->special_display
);
9029 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9030 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9031 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9032 linespec locations).
9034 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9035 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9038 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9039 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9041 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9043 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9045 const char *spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9049 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9050 breakpoint address. */
9051 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9053 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9054 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9055 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9056 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9057 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9058 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
9059 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
9061 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9063 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9064 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9065 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9066 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9067 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9069 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9071 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9073 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9075 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
9079 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9083 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9084 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9085 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9086 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9088 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9089 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9090 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9091 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9093 const char *spec
= NULL
;
9095 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9096 spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9100 && strchr ("+-", spec
[0]) != NULL
9103 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9104 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9105 get_last_displayed_line (),
9106 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9111 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9112 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9116 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9117 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9120 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
9122 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9123 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9126 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9127 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9128 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9129 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9130 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9134 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9135 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
9137 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9139 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9141 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9142 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9143 associated with SAL. */
9147 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
))
9148 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9149 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), msg
.c_str ());
9153 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9154 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9155 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9156 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9157 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9158 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9161 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9162 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9165 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9172 const char *end_tok
;
9174 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9175 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9177 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9179 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9181 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9185 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9187 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9189 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9191 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9192 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9194 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9196 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9199 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9202 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9204 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9205 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9208 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9213 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9215 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9216 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9217 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9222 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9226 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9230 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9232 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
9233 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9235 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9238 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9240 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9242 std::string
marker_str (p
, endp
- p
);
9244 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
9245 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
.c_str ());
9246 if (markers
.empty ())
9247 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9248 marker_str
.c_str ());
9250 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
9251 sals
.reserve (markers
.size ());
9253 for (const static_tracepoint_marker
&marker
: markers
)
9255 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
.address
, 0);
9256 sal
.pc
= marker
.address
;
9257 sals
.push_back (sal
);
9264 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9267 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9268 const struct event_location
*location
,
9269 const char *cond_string
,
9270 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9272 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9274 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9275 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9276 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9279 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9280 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9283 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9285 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9287 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9288 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9289 extra_string
= NULL
;
9293 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9295 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9297 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9299 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9301 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9304 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9305 throw_exception (e
);
9307 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9309 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9310 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9311 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9312 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9313 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9316 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9317 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9318 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9319 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9323 throw_exception (e
);
9327 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9330 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9331 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9332 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9333 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9334 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9336 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9337 are ok for the target. */
9340 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9341 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9344 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9345 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9347 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9348 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9351 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9352 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9356 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9357 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9364 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9366 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9367 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9368 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9369 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9371 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
.sals
[0].pc
,
9372 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9373 cond_string_copy
.reset (cond
);
9374 extra_string_copy
.reset (rest
);
9378 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9379 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9380 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9382 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9384 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9385 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9387 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9390 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9391 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9392 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9394 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9395 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9396 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9400 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9402 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9403 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9406 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9409 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9410 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (cond_string
) : NULL
;
9414 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9415 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (extra_string
) : NULL
;
9416 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9417 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9418 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9419 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9420 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9421 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9422 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9424 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9427 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9429 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9430 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9431 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9434 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9436 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9438 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9439 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9444 /* Set a breakpoint.
9445 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9446 condition, and thread.
9447 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9448 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9452 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9454 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9455 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9456 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9458 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9460 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9462 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9463 if (location
!= NULL
9464 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9465 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9467 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9469 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9471 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9472 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9473 0 /* Ignore count */,
9474 pending_break_support
,
9482 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9485 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9489 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9491 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9492 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9493 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9496 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9497 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9498 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9499 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9502 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9504 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9505 const struct block
*b
;
9508 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9509 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9512 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9515 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9516 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9521 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9522 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9523 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9524 happen in assembly source). */
9526 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9527 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9529 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9531 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9538 break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9540 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9544 tbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9546 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9550 hbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9552 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9556 thbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9558 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9562 stop_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9564 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9565 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9566 stop at <line>\n"));
9570 stopin_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9574 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9576 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9578 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9581 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9582 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9583 function/method name. */
9584 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9586 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9591 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9593 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9597 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9599 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9603 stopat_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9607 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9611 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9614 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9615 it is probably a line number. */
9616 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9618 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9623 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9625 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9629 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9631 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9634 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9635 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9636 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9640 dprintf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9642 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9644 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9645 the next character must be ','. */
9648 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9649 error (_("Format string required"));
9652 /* Skip the comma. */
9657 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9659 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9661 0 /* Ignore count */,
9662 pending_break_support
,
9663 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9671 agent_printf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9673 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9676 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9677 ranged breakpoints. */
9680 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9681 const address_space
*aspace
,
9683 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9685 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9686 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9689 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9690 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9693 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9694 ranged breakpoints. */
9697 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9699 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9702 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9703 ranged breakpoints. */
9705 static enum print_stop_action
9706 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9708 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9709 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9710 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9712 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9714 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9715 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9717 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9719 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9721 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9722 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9724 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9725 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9727 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9728 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9729 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9731 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
9734 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9737 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9738 ranged breakpoints. */
9741 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9742 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9744 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9745 struct value_print_options opts
;
9746 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9748 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9749 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9751 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9753 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9754 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9755 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9756 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9758 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9762 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9763 ranged breakpoints. */
9766 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9767 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9769 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9770 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9775 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9776 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9778 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9779 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9780 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9781 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9782 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9786 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9787 ranged breakpoints. */
9790 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9792 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9793 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9796 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9798 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9801 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9802 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9803 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9806 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9807 ranged breakpoints. */
9810 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9812 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9813 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
9814 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
9815 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9818 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9820 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9822 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9823 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9824 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9825 last instruction of the given line. */
9828 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9832 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9833 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9834 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9841 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9843 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9845 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9852 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9855 break_range_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9857 const char *arg_start
;
9858 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9859 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9861 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9863 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9864 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9865 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9867 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9868 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9869 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9872 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9874 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9875 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9876 error(_("No address range specified."));
9879 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9881 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
9884 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9885 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
9886 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9888 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
9890 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
9891 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
9892 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9894 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
9895 std::string
addr_string_start (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9897 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9898 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9900 /* Parse the end location. */
9904 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9905 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9906 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9907 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9908 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9909 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9911 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9912 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
9913 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
9915 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
9916 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9918 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
9919 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
9920 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
9921 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9923 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
9925 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
9926 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
9927 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9929 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
9931 /* Length overflowed. */
9932 error (_("Address range too large."));
9933 else if (length
== 1)
9935 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9936 the `hbreak' command. */
9937 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start
[0], 1);
9942 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9943 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
9944 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
9945 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
9946 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
9947 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9948 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
9949 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
9950 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
9953 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
9954 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9957 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9958 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9959 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9963 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
9971 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9972 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
9975 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
9985 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
9986 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
9987 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
9988 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
9989 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
9991 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10017 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10020 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10021 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10026 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10027 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10028 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10029 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10030 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10031 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10032 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10034 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10035 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10040 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10042 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10043 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10044 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10045 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10047 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10048 are always constant. */
10050 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10052 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10053 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10054 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10059 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10060 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10061 then it is not a constant. */
10070 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
10072 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10074 xfree (this->exp_string
);
10075 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse
);
10078 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10081 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10083 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10085 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10086 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10088 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10089 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10090 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10091 are loaded and unloaded.
10093 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10094 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10095 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10096 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10097 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10098 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10100 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10101 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10102 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10103 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10105 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10106 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10108 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10109 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10110 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10113 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10116 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10118 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10119 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10121 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10122 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10125 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10128 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10130 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10131 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10133 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10134 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10138 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10139 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10140 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10142 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10143 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10145 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10146 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10147 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10148 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10149 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10150 (did not match the data address). */
10151 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10152 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10159 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10161 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10163 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10166 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10167 hardware watchpoints. */
10170 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10172 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10173 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10175 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10178 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10179 hardware watchpoints. */
10182 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10184 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10185 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10188 static enum print_stop_action
10189 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10191 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10192 enum print_stop_action result
;
10193 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10194 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10196 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10198 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10199 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10201 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10202 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10206 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
10209 case bp_watchpoint
:
10210 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10211 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10212 uiout
->field_string
10213 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10215 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10216 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10217 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10218 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10219 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10220 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10221 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10222 uiout
->text ("\n");
10223 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10224 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10227 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10228 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10229 uiout
->field_string
10230 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10232 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10233 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10234 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10235 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10236 uiout
->text ("\n");
10237 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10240 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10241 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10243 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10244 uiout
->field_string
10246 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10248 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10249 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10250 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10251 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10252 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10257 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10258 uiout
->field_string
10260 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10261 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10262 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10264 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10265 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10266 uiout
->text ("\n");
10267 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10270 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10276 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10280 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10282 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10283 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10284 const char *tuple_name
;
10288 case bp_watchpoint
:
10289 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10290 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10292 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10293 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10294 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10296 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10297 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10298 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10300 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10301 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10302 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10305 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10306 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10309 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10310 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10311 uiout
->text (": ");
10312 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10315 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10319 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10321 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10325 case bp_watchpoint
:
10326 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10327 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10329 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10330 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10332 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10333 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10336 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10337 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10340 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10341 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10344 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10348 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10350 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10351 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10352 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10358 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10360 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10362 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10363 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10366 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10368 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10370 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10371 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10374 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10375 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10378 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10380 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10382 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10383 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10386 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10387 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10390 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10392 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10394 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10397 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10398 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10401 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10406 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10407 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10409 static enum print_stop_action
10410 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10412 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10413 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10415 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10416 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10418 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10419 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10423 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10424 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10425 uiout
->field_string
10426 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10429 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10430 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10431 uiout
->field_string
10432 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10435 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10436 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10437 uiout
->field_string
10439 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10442 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10443 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10447 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10448 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10449 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10450 uiout
->text ("\n");
10452 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10453 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10456 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10457 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10460 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10461 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10463 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10465 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10466 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10468 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10469 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10470 uiout
->text ("\n");
10473 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10474 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10477 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10479 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10480 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10481 const char *tuple_name
;
10485 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10486 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10487 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10489 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10490 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10491 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10493 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10494 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10495 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10498 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10499 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10502 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10503 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10504 uiout
->text (": ");
10505 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10508 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10509 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10512 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10514 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10519 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10520 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10522 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10523 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10525 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10526 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10529 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10530 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10533 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10534 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10535 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10538 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10540 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10542 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10545 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10547 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10550 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10551 hw_read: watch read,
10552 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10554 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10555 int just_location
, int internal
)
10557 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10558 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10559 struct value
*mark
, *result
;
10560 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10561 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10562 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10563 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10565 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10566 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10567 enum bptype bp_type
;
10570 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10571 the hardware watchpoint. */
10573 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10575 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10576 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10578 const char *value_start
;
10580 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10582 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10583 of the arguments string. */
10584 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10586 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10587 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10590 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10591 This is the value of the parameter. */
10592 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10594 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10596 /* Skip whitespace. */
10597 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10602 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10603 This is the parameter itself. */
10604 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10607 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10609 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10611 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10612 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10613 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10614 only in a specific thread. */
10618 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10620 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10621 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10623 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10624 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10625 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10627 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10629 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10631 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10632 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10634 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10637 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10639 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10641 mark
= value_mark ();
10642 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10643 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10644 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10647 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10650 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10651 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10658 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10659 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10661 innermost_block
.reset ();
10662 std::string
expression (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10663 exp_start
= arg
= expression
.c_str ();
10664 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
10666 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10667 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10669 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10672 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10673 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10677 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10678 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10680 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10683 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
.block ();
10684 mark
= value_mark ();
10685 struct value
*val_as_value
= nullptr;
10686 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val_as_value
, &result
, NULL
,
10689 if (val_as_value
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10691 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val_as_value
);
10692 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val_as_value
);
10700 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10701 val
= release_value (value_addr (result
));
10702 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10706 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
.get ()),
10709 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10710 else if (ret
== -2)
10711 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10714 else if (val_as_value
!= NULL
)
10715 val
= release_value (val_as_value
);
10717 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10718 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10720 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10721 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10723 innermost_block
.reset ();
10724 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10725 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
10727 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10728 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10729 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
.block ();
10734 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10736 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10738 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10740 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10742 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10743 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10744 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10745 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10746 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10748 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10750 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10752 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10753 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10756 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10757 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10758 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10760 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10763 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10765 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10766 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10768 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10769 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10771 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10772 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10773 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10774 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10775 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10776 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10777 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10781 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10782 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10783 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10784 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10786 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10787 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10788 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10789 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10791 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10793 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
10796 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10797 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10799 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10800 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10801 w
->thread
= thread
;
10802 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10803 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10804 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10805 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10806 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10809 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
.get ());
10810 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
.get ());
10812 w
->exp_string_reparse
10813 = current_language
->la_watch_location_expression (t
, addr
).release ();
10815 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10816 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10819 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
10823 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10828 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10829 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10834 w
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
10836 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10838 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10840 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
10841 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10845 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10846 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10849 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10851 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10852 need to act on them together. */
10853 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10854 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
10857 if (!just_location
)
10858 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10860 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10861 that should be inserted. */
10862 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
10864 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
10867 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10868 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10871 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
)
10873 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10875 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10876 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10879 gdb_assert (!vals
.empty ());
10880 struct value
*head
= vals
[0].get ();
10882 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10883 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10884 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10885 hardware watchpoint.
10887 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10888 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10889 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10890 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10891 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10892 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10893 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10894 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10895 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10897 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10898 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10899 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10900 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10901 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: vals
)
10903 struct value
*v
= iter
.get ();
10905 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
10907 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
10908 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10909 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10910 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10911 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10912 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10916 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10917 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10918 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
10920 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10921 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10922 middle of some value chain. */
10924 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10925 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
10927 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
10931 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
10932 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
10933 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
10935 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
10939 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
10943 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
10944 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
10945 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10946 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
10947 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10950 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10951 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10952 return found_memory_cnt
;
10956 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10958 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10961 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10962 calls watch_command_1. */
10965 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
10967 int just_location
= 0;
10970 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10971 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10973 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10977 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
10981 watch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10983 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
10987 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10989 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10993 rwatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10995 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
10999 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11001 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11005 awatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11007 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11011 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11012 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11015 struct until_break_fsm
11017 /* The base class. */
11018 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
11020 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11023 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11024 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11026 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11028 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
11031 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11032 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11033 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11034 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11035 static enum async_reply_reason
11036 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11038 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11040 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
11043 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
11044 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11045 NULL
, /* return_value */
11046 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11049 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11051 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11052 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
11053 breakpoint_up
&&location_breakpoint
,
11054 breakpoint_up
&&caller_breakpoint
)
11056 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11058 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11059 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
, cmd_interp
);
11061 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11062 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
.release ();
11063 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
.release ();
11068 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11069 until(location)/advance commands. */
11072 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11073 struct thread_info
*tp
)
11075 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11077 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11078 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11079 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11080 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11081 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11082 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11087 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11088 until(location)/advance commands. */
11091 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11092 struct thread_info
*thread
)
11094 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11096 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11097 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11099 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11100 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11102 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11104 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11105 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11107 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11110 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11111 until(location)/advance commands. */
11113 static enum async_reply_reason
11114 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11116 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11120 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11122 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11123 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11124 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11125 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11126 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11128 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11129 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11131 clear_proceed_status (0);
11133 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11136 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11138 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
11139 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11140 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11141 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11142 get_last_displayed_line ())
11143 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11144 NULL
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0));
11146 if (sals
.size () != 1)
11147 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11149 symtab_and_line
&sal
= sals
[0];
11152 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11154 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11156 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11157 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11159 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11161 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11162 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11163 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11166 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11167 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11168 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11169 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11171 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11174 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
;
11175 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11177 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11178 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11180 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11181 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11182 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11183 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11188 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11189 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11192 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11195 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
;
11197 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11198 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11199 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11200 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11202 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11203 only at the very same frame. */
11204 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11205 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11207 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11208 std::move (location_breakpoint
),
11209 std::move (caller_breakpoint
));
11210 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11212 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11214 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11217 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11218 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11220 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11221 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11222 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11223 if clause in the arg string. */
11226 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11228 const char *cond_string
;
11230 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11233 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11236 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11237 condition string. */
11238 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11239 cond_string
= *arg
;
11241 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11243 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11245 return cond_string
;
11248 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11249 process start/exit, etc. */
11253 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11254 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11259 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11260 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11262 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11263 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11264 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11267 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11268 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11269 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11273 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11275 /* The allowed syntax is:
11277 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11279 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11280 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11282 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11283 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11285 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11286 and enable reporting of such events. */
11289 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11290 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11291 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11292 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11294 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11295 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11296 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11297 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11300 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11306 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11307 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11309 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11311 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11313 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11317 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11319 /* The allowed syntax is:
11321 catch exec if <cond>
11323 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11324 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11326 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11327 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11329 std::unique_ptr
<exec_catchpoint
> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11330 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11331 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11332 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11334 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
11338 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11339 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11340 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11341 const char *addr_string
,
11342 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11349 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11351 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11353 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11354 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11355 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11356 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11357 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11358 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11359 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11360 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11361 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11362 enough for now, though. */
11365 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11367 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11368 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11369 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11370 language_def (language_ada
));
11371 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11375 catch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11377 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11382 tcatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11384 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11387 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11390 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11392 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) a
;
11393 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) b
;
11395 if (a
->number
< b
->number
)
11397 else if (a
->number
> b
->number
)
11400 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11404 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11407 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11410 clear_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11412 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11415 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
11416 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
11417 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
11421 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11422 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11423 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11425 sals
= decoded_sals
;
11429 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11430 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11431 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11432 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
11433 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
11434 error (_("No source file specified."));
11440 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11441 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11442 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11443 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11445 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11446 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11447 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11448 due to optimization, all in one block.
11450 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11451 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11452 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11453 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11454 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11455 to support that. */
11457 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11458 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11459 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11462 std::vector
<struct breakpoint
*> found
;
11463 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
11465 const char *sal_fullname
;
11467 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11468 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11469 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11472 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11477 1 0 <can't happen> */
11479 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11480 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11482 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11483 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11486 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11487 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11489 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11490 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11492 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11493 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11494 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11496 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11497 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11498 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11499 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11500 int line_match
= 0;
11502 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11503 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11504 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11505 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11506 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11507 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11508 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11511 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11520 found
.push_back (b
);
11524 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11525 if (found
.empty ())
11528 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11530 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11533 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11534 std::sort (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11535 [] (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11537 return compare_breakpoints (a
, b
) < 0;
11539 found
.erase (std::unique (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11540 [] (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11542 return compare_breakpoints (a
, b
) == 0;
11546 if (found
.size () > 1)
11547 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11550 if (found
.size () == 1)
11551 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11553 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11556 for (breakpoint
*iter
: found
)
11559 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter
->number
);
11560 delete_breakpoint (iter
);
11563 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11566 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11567 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11568 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11571 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11573 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11575 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11576 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11577 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11579 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11581 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11583 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11584 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11588 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11589 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11590 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11591 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
11592 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11593 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11596 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11598 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
11599 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
11601 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11602 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11604 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11605 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11608 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11609 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11610 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11612 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11613 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11614 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
11616 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11617 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11618 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11620 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11621 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11622 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11624 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11627 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11628 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11629 content of the bp_locations array. */
11632 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11634 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11636 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11637 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11639 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11641 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11643 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11646 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11647 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11649 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11650 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11651 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11652 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11654 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11656 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11657 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11658 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11659 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11663 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11666 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11668 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11669 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
11671 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
11673 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
11675 struct bp_location
*bl
;
11676 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11677 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
11679 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11680 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11681 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11684 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
11686 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11687 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
11689 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
11692 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
11695 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
11697 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11698 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11699 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11700 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11703 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11705 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11708 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
11710 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11711 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
11712 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
11713 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
11717 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11720 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11722 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11723 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11724 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11725 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11727 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11728 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11729 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11730 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11731 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11733 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11734 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11735 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11736 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11737 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11738 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11739 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11740 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11743 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11744 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11745 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11749 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11751 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
11752 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11753 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11756 address
= bl
->address
;
11757 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11759 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11760 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11761 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11763 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11764 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11767 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11768 the same program space as the location
11769 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11770 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11771 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
11775 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11776 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11779 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11780 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11781 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11782 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11783 that have already been marked. */
11784 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11786 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11788 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
11791 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11792 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11793 locations are duplicate of which.
11795 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11796 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11800 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11802 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11803 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
11804 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11805 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11806 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11807 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11809 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11810 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11811 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11812 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11813 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11815 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11816 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11817 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11818 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11820 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11821 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11822 struct bp_location
**old_locp
;
11823 unsigned old_locations_count
;
11824 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<struct bp_location
*> old_locations (bp_locations
);
11826 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
11827 bp_locations
= NULL
;
11828 bp_locations_count
= 0;
11830 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11831 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11832 bp_locations_count
++;
11834 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
11835 locp
= bp_locations
;
11836 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11837 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11839 qsort (bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
, sizeof (*bp_locations
),
11840 bp_locations_compare
);
11842 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11844 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11845 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11846 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11847 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11848 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11851 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11852 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11854 locp
= bp_locations
;
11855 for (old_locp
= old_locations
.get ();
11856 old_locp
< old_locations
.get () + old_locations_count
;
11859 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
11860 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
11862 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11863 not, we have to free it. */
11864 int found_object
= 0;
11865 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11866 int keep_in_target
= 0;
11869 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11870 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11871 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11872 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11876 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11877 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11880 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11881 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11882 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11884 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11885 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11886 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11888 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
11889 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11892 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
11896 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11897 have to go through updates again. */
11898 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
11900 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11902 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
11904 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11905 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11906 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11907 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11908 at certain location is not inserted. */
11910 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
11912 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11915 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
11917 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11918 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11919 keep_in_target
= 1;
11923 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11924 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11925 remove its target-side condition. */
11927 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11928 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11929 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11930 this one from the target. */
11932 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11933 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
11936 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11937 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11940 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
11942 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
11944 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11945 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11946 supported, but the latter are. */
11947 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11949 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
11950 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
11953 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11954 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11956 if (loc2
!= old_loc
11957 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
11959 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
11960 keep_in_target
= 1;
11968 if (!keep_in_target
)
11970 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
11972 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11973 this location on the global list, and try to
11974 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11975 reason why we will succeed next time.
11977 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11978 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11979 only after calling us. */
11980 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11981 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11982 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
11990 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
11991 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
11993 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11994 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11995 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11996 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11997 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11998 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11999 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12000 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12001 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12002 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12003 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12004 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12005 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12006 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12009 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12010 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12012 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12013 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12014 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12015 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12016 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12017 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12018 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12019 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12020 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12021 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12022 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12023 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12024 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12027 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12028 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12029 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12030 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12032 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12033 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12034 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12035 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12036 traps we can no longer explain. */
12038 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12039 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12041 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12045 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12046 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12051 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12052 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12053 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12054 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12055 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12056 are sorted first for the same address.
12058 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12059 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12061 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12062 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12063 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12064 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12065 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12067 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12069 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12072 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12073 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12074 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12075 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12076 `struct bp_location'. */
12077 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12079 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12080 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12084 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12085 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12086 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12087 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12088 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12089 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12091 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12093 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12094 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12095 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12097 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12098 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12100 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12102 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12103 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12104 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12110 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12111 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12112 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12114 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12115 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12117 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12118 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12121 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12123 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12124 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12127 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12128 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12129 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12130 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12131 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12133 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12137 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12138 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12142 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12144 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12147 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12148 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12150 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12151 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12157 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12162 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12164 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12170 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12173 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12177 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12178 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12180 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12181 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12182 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12186 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12188 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12190 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12192 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12196 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12200 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12202 struct value_print_options opts
;
12204 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12206 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12208 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12210 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12211 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12212 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12213 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12215 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12216 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12218 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12220 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12221 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12226 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12227 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12233 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12235 printf_filtered (" at ");
12236 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12239 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12241 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12243 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12244 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12245 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12246 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12248 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12249 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12250 real situation somewhat. */
12251 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12252 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12257 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12259 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12261 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12266 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12269 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12271 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12274 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12279 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12281 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12283 xfree (this->cond_string
);
12284 xfree (this->extra_string
);
12285 xfree (this->filter
);
12288 static struct bp_location
*
12289 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12291 return new bp_location (&bp_location_ops
, self
);
12295 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12297 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12300 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12301 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12304 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12306 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12310 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12311 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12313 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12317 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12318 const address_space
*aspace
,
12320 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12322 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12326 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12331 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12335 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12337 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12340 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12344 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12346 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12349 static enum print_stop_action
12350 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12352 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12356 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12357 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12363 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12365 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12369 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12371 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12375 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12376 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12377 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12378 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12380 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12384 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12385 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12386 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12387 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12388 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12389 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12391 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12392 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12393 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12394 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12396 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12399 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12400 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12401 const struct event_location
*location
,
12402 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12404 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12407 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12410 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12415 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12418 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12420 /* Nothing to do. */
12423 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12425 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12426 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12427 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12428 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12429 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12430 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12431 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12432 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12433 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12435 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12436 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12437 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12438 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12439 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12440 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12441 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12442 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12445 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12448 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12450 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12451 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12453 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12454 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12458 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12462 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12464 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12466 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12467 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12469 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12470 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12472 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12476 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12478 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12479 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12481 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12485 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12486 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12487 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12489 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12490 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12493 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12497 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12498 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12499 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12506 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12507 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12508 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12510 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12511 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12513 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12514 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12515 be set at the same address. */
12519 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12523 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12525 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12530 static enum print_stop_action
12531 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12533 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12534 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12536 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12538 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12540 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12541 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12543 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12544 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12545 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12548 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12549 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12552 uiout
->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12554 uiout
->text ("Breakpoint ");
12555 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12557 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12558 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12559 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12561 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
12562 uiout
->text (", ");
12564 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12568 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12570 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12575 case bp_breakpoint
:
12576 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12577 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12578 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12580 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12581 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12582 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12583 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12585 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12586 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12589 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12597 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12599 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12600 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12601 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12602 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12603 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12604 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12605 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12606 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12607 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12609 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12610 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12612 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12613 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12615 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12616 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12617 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12618 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
12620 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12624 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12625 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12626 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12628 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12632 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12633 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12634 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12635 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12636 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12637 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12639 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12640 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12641 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12642 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12644 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12645 std::move (cond_string
),
12646 std::move (extra_string
),
12648 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12649 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12650 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12653 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12654 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12655 const struct event_location
*location
,
12656 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12658 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12661 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12664 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12668 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12669 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12670 case bp_overlay_event
:
12671 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12672 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12673 case bp_exception_master
:
12674 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12677 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12678 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12679 case bp_shlib_event
:
12681 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12682 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12683 case bp_thread_event
:
12689 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12691 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12693 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12694 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12695 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12696 objects (among other things). */
12697 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12698 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12704 static enum print_stop_action
12705 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12707 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12709 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12713 case bp_shlib_event
:
12714 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12715 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12716 to shlib event" message.) */
12717 print_solib_event (0);
12720 case bp_thread_event
:
12721 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12722 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12723 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12726 case bp_overlay_event
:
12727 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12728 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12731 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12732 /* These should never be enabled. */
12733 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12736 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12737 /* These should never be enabled. */
12738 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12739 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12742 case bp_exception_master
:
12743 /* These should never be enabled. */
12744 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12745 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12749 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12753 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12755 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12758 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12761 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12763 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12764 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12765 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12766 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12770 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12772 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12775 static enum print_stop_action
12776 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12778 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12782 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12784 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12787 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12789 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12790 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12792 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12794 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
12797 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
12800 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12803 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12805 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
12809 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12811 bl
->probe
.prob
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12818 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12819 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12821 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12822 bl
->probe
.prob
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12824 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
12828 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12829 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12830 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12832 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12834 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
12836 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12837 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12840 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12841 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12842 const struct event_location
*location
,
12843 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12845 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
12847 error (_("probe not found"));
12851 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12854 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12856 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12860 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12861 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12862 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12864 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12870 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12871 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12873 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12874 if (!tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12876 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
12878 uiout
->text ("\tmarker id is ");
12879 uiout
->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12880 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
12881 uiout
->text ("\n");
12886 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12888 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12893 case bp_tracepoint
:
12894 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12895 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12897 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
12898 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12899 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12901 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
12902 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12903 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12906 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12907 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
12914 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12916 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12918 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12919 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12920 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12921 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12922 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12923 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12925 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12926 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
12928 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12929 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
12930 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
12932 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12933 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12937 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12938 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12939 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12941 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12945 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12946 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12947 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12948 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12949 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12950 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12952 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12953 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12954 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12955 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12957 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12958 std::move (cond_string
),
12959 std::move (extra_string
),
12961 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12962 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12963 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12966 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12967 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12968 const struct event_location
*location
,
12969 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12971 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12974 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
12976 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
12980 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12981 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12982 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12983 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12985 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12986 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12989 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12990 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12991 const struct event_location
*location
,
12992 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12994 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12995 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12998 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13000 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13003 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13005 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13007 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13008 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
13010 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13011 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13012 3 - disconnect from target 1
13013 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13015 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13016 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13017 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13018 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13019 it all the time. */
13020 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13021 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13024 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13027 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13029 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13030 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
13032 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13035 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13038 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13039 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13040 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13041 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13042 address are all handled. */
13045 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13047 struct bpstats tmp_bs
;
13048 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13050 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13051 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13052 condition not be evaluated. */
13055 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13056 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13057 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13058 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13059 commands here throws. */
13060 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13061 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13063 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13065 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13066 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13070 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13074 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13075 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13076 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13078 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13079 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13081 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13082 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13084 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13085 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
13086 canonical
->location
13087 = new_linespec_location (&ptr
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
13090 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13091 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
13095 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13096 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13097 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13098 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13099 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13100 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13102 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13103 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13104 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13105 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13107 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
13109 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13110 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13111 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13112 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13113 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13114 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13116 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
13118 event_location_up location
13119 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
13121 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
13122 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
13123 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13124 std::move (cond_string
),
13125 std::move (extra_string
),
13126 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13127 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13128 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13129 canonical
->special_display
);
13130 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13131 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13132 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13133 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13134 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13135 corresponds to this one */
13136 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13138 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
13142 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13143 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13144 const struct event_location
*location
,
13145 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13147 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13148 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13150 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13151 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13153 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13158 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13161 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13164 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13166 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13169 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13173 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13175 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13177 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13179 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13180 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13183 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13184 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13185 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13186 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13187 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13190 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13191 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13192 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13193 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13195 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13198 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13199 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13200 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13202 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13203 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13205 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13206 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13207 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13208 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13212 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13214 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13215 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13216 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13217 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13218 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13221 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13222 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13223 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13224 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13226 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted
.notify (bpt
);
13228 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13229 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13231 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13232 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13234 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13238 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13240 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13241 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13242 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13243 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13244 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13245 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13246 commands won't work. */
13248 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13250 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13251 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13252 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13253 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13254 might be better design to have location completely
13255 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13256 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13258 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13259 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13260 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13264 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13265 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13268 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13269 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13271 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13276 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13278 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13279 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13281 if (next
== related
)
13283 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13284 function (related
);
13286 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13287 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13292 function (related
);
13296 while (related
!= b
);
13300 delete_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13302 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13308 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13310 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13311 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13312 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13313 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13314 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13316 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13320 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13322 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13324 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13325 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13326 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13330 map_breakpoint_numbers
13331 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
13333 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, delete_breakpoint
);
13337 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13338 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13342 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13344 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13346 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13347 if ((pspace
== NULL
13348 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13349 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13350 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13355 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13356 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13357 Null names are ignored. */
13360 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13362 struct bp_location
*l
;
13363 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
, streq_hash
, NULL
,
13366 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13369 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13371 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13375 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13377 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13381 htab_delete (htab
);
13387 htab_delete (htab
);
13391 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13392 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13393 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13394 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13395 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13396 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13397 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13398 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13401 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13402 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13403 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13404 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13405 in the sources, and output a warning.
13407 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13408 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13409 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13410 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13411 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13414 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13415 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13416 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13417 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13418 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13419 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13420 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13421 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13422 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13424 static struct symtab_and_line
13425 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13427 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13428 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13433 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13435 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13437 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= marker
.str_id
)
13438 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13439 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str (),
13440 marker
.str_id
.c_str ());
13442 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
13447 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13449 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13451 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13452 && !tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
13454 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
13455 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13456 (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13458 if (!markers
.empty ())
13460 struct symbol
*sym
;
13461 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13462 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13463 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13465 tpmarker
= &markers
[0];
13467 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13469 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13470 "found at previous line number"),
13471 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13473 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13474 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13475 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
13478 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13479 uiout
->text (" at ");
13481 uiout
->field_string ("file",
13482 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13485 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13487 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13489 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
13492 uiout
->field_int ("line", sal2
.line
);
13493 uiout
->text ("\n");
13495 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13496 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13498 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
13499 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13500 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13501 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13502 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13503 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13504 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13506 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13513 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13514 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13517 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13521 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13524 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13527 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13534 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13540 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13541 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13542 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13544 static struct bp_location
*
13545 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13547 struct bp_location head
;
13548 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13549 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13550 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13552 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13563 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
13578 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13579 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13580 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13581 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13585 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13586 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
13587 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
13588 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
13590 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
13592 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
13594 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13596 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13597 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13598 "multiple locations found\n"),
13603 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13604 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13605 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13606 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13607 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13608 individual locations. */
13609 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
13612 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
13614 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
13616 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13618 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
13620 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
13622 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13624 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13628 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13631 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
13632 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
13635 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13637 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13638 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13639 b
->number
, e
.message
);
13640 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13645 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
13647 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
13649 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13653 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13656 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13657 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13658 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13659 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13660 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13661 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13662 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13664 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13666 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
13668 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13669 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13671 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13672 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
13680 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13681 if (l
->function_name
13682 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13692 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13693 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13696 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13697 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13699 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13700 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
13701 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
13703 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
13705 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13707 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
13711 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13713 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13715 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13719 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13720 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13721 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13722 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13723 state, then user already saw the message about that
13724 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13726 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13727 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13729 && search_pspace
!= NULL
13730 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
13731 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13732 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13733 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13734 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
13736 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
13738 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13739 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13740 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13741 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13742 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13743 which approach is better. */
13744 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13745 throw_exception (e
);
13750 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
13752 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
13753 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
13754 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13756 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
13759 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
[0].pc
,
13760 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
13762 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
13764 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
13765 b
->thread
= thread
;
13769 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
13770 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
13772 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
13775 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
13776 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
13786 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13787 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13791 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13793 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
13794 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
13797 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
13798 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13800 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
13802 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
13804 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
13805 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
13806 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13808 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
13811 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
13814 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13815 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13818 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
13819 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13820 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13822 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
13825 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13826 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13830 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13831 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13832 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13833 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13834 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13835 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13837 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13838 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13839 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13840 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13842 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13843 std::move (cond_string
),
13844 std::move (extra_string
),
13845 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13846 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13847 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13850 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13851 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13853 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13854 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13855 const struct event_location
*location
,
13856 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13858 struct linespec_result canonical
;
13860 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
13861 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
13862 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
13865 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13866 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
13868 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
13870 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
13871 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
13876 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13879 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
13881 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
13882 set_language (b
->language
);
13884 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
13887 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13888 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13891 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13893 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13896 scoped_restore_current_language save_language
;
13897 scoped_restore save_input_radix
= make_scoped_restore (&input_radix
);
13898 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
13900 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13901 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13902 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13903 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13905 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13909 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
13911 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
13913 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
13914 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13920 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13923 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13924 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13925 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13926 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13928 /* Now we can insert. */
13929 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13932 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13934 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13935 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13937 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13939 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13941 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
13942 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
13944 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13945 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13946 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13948 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
13952 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13953 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13954 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13957 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13959 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13964 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13965 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
13967 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
13969 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
13970 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13975 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
13979 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13980 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13982 else if (count
== 1)
13983 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13986 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13987 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13990 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13994 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
13997 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14000 ignore_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14002 const char *p
= args
;
14006 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14008 num
= get_number (&p
);
14010 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14012 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14014 set_ignore_count (num
,
14015 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14018 printf_filtered ("\n");
14022 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
14023 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
14026 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
,
14027 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
14029 if (bp_num_range
.first
== 0)
14031 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
14032 bp_num_range
.first
);
14036 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14038 for (int i
= bp_num_range
.first
; i
<= bp_num_range
.second
; i
++)
14040 bool match
= false;
14042 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14043 if (b
->number
== i
)
14050 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i
);
14055 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
14059 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
14060 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
14062 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14063 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14065 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14067 while (!parser
.finished ())
14069 int num
= parser
.get_number ();
14070 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num
, num
), function
);
14074 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
14075 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
14077 static struct bp_location
*
14078 find_location_by_number (int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
14080 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14082 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14083 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14088 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14089 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num
);
14092 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14095 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14096 if (++n
== loc_num
)
14099 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14102 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
14103 enum class extract_bp_kind
14105 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
14108 /* Extracting a location number. */
14112 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
14113 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
14114 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
14115 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
14116 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
14119 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind
, const char *start
,
14120 int trailer
, const char **end_out
= NULL
)
14122 const char *end
= start
;
14123 int num
= get_number_trailer (&end
, trailer
);
14125 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14126 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14127 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14128 int (end
- start
), start
);
14130 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14131 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14132 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14133 int (end
- start
), start
);
14135 if (end_out
!= NULL
)
14140 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
14141 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14142 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14143 are always positive integers. */
14145 static std::pair
<int, int>
14146 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind
,
14147 const std::string
&arg
,
14148 std::string::size_type arg_offset
)
14150 std::pair
<int, int> range
;
14151 const char *bp_loc
= &arg
[arg_offset
];
14152 std::string::size_type dash
= arg
.find ('-', arg_offset
);
14153 if (dash
!= std::string::npos
)
14155 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14156 if (arg
.length () == dash
+ 1)
14157 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14158 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14159 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14163 const char *start_first
= bp_loc
;
14164 const char *start_second
= &arg
[dash
+ 1];
14165 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_first
, '-');
14166 range
.second
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_second
, '\0', &end
);
14168 if (range
.first
> range
.second
)
14169 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14170 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14171 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14172 int (end
- start_first
), start_first
);
14176 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14177 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, bp_loc
, '\0');
14178 range
.second
= range
.first
;
14183 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14184 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14187 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14189 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14190 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14191 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14192 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14193 location number range.
14197 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string
&arg
,
14198 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_num_range
,
14199 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
)
14201 std::string::size_type dot
= arg
.find ('.');
14203 if (dot
!= std::string::npos
)
14205 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14207 if (arg
.length () == dot
+ 1 || dot
== 0)
14208 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg
.c_str ());
14211 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
.c_str (), '.');
14212 bp_num_range
.second
= bp_num_range
.first
;
14214 bp_loc_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc
,
14219 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14221 bp_num_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
, 0);
14222 bp_loc_range
.first
= 0;
14223 bp_loc_range
.second
= 0;
14227 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14228 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14231 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num
, int loc_num
, bool enable
)
14233 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (bp_num
, loc_num
);
14236 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
14238 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
14239 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14241 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14242 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14243 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14244 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14246 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14249 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14250 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14251 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14252 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14256 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num
,
14257 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
,
14260 for (int i
= bp_loc_range
.first
; i
<= bp_loc_range
.second
; i
++)
14261 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num
, i
, enable
);
14264 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14265 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14266 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14269 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14271 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14272 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14273 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14274 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14277 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14279 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14280 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14282 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14283 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14285 struct bp_location
*location
;
14287 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14288 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14291 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14293 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14296 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14297 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14298 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14299 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14302 enable_disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
, bool enable
)
14306 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14308 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14309 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14312 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14314 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14319 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14321 while (!num
.empty ())
14323 std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
;
14325 extract_bp_number_and_location (num
, bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
);
14327 if (bp_loc_range
.first
== bp_loc_range
.second
14328 && bp_loc_range
.first
== 0)
14330 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14331 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range
,
14333 ? enable_breakpoint
14334 : disable_breakpoint
);
14338 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14340 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14341 (bp_num_range
.first
, bp_loc_range
, enable
);
14343 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14348 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14349 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14350 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14351 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14354 disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14356 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, false);
14360 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14363 int target_resources_ok
;
14365 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14368 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14369 target_resources_ok
=
14370 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14372 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14373 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14374 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14375 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14378 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14380 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14381 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14385 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14387 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14388 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14389 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14391 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14393 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14394 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14401 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14403 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14404 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14406 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14407 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14409 struct bp_location
*location
;
14411 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14412 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14415 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14416 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14417 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14419 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14424 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14426 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14429 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14430 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14431 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14432 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14435 enable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14437 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, true);
14441 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14443 map_breakpoint_numbers
14444 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14446 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14447 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14449 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
14455 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14460 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14462 count
= get_number (&args
);
14464 map_breakpoint_numbers
14465 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14467 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14468 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14470 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
14476 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14478 map_breakpoint_numbers
14479 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14481 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14482 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14484 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
14490 set_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14495 show_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14499 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14500 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14504 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14505 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14506 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14508 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14510 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14511 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14512 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14514 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14516 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
!= nullptr)
14518 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14520 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14521 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14522 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14523 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14532 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14535 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14536 const address_space
*aspace
,
14539 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14540 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14541 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14543 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14545 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14546 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14549 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14551 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14552 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14553 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14555 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14558 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14561 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14563 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14564 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14566 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14568 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14570 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14571 const address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14573 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14574 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14582 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14585 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14586 const address_space
*aspace
,
14589 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14591 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14593 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14599 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14603 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
14606 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14608 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14610 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14611 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14617 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14619 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14621 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14623 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14624 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14628 trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14630 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14632 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14634 if (location
!= NULL
14635 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
14636 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14638 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14640 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14642 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14644 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14645 0 /* Ignore count */,
14646 pending_break_support
,
14650 0 /* internal */, 0);
14654 ftrace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14656 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14658 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14660 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14662 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14663 0 /* Ignore count */,
14664 pending_break_support
,
14665 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14668 0 /* internal */, 0);
14671 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14674 strace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14676 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14677 event_location_up location
;
14679 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14680 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14681 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14683 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14684 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
14688 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14689 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
14692 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14694 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14696 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14697 0 /* Ignore count */,
14698 pending_break_support
,
14702 0 /* internal */, 0);
14705 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14706 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14708 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14709 static int next_cmd
;
14712 read_uploaded_action (void)
14714 char *rslt
= nullptr;
14716 if (next_cmd
< this_utp
->cmd_strings
.size ())
14718 rslt
= this_utp
->cmd_strings
[next_cmd
];
14725 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14726 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14727 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14728 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14729 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14731 struct tracepoint
*
14732 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14734 const char *addr_str
;
14735 char small_buf
[100];
14736 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14738 if (utp
->at_string
)
14739 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
14742 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14743 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14744 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14746 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14747 "source location, using raw address"),
14749 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14750 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14753 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14754 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14755 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14756 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14759 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
14761 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14763 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
14764 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14766 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14767 0 /* Ignore count */,
14768 pending_break_support
,
14769 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14771 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14773 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14776 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14777 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
14778 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
14782 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
14785 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
14788 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14789 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14790 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14792 if (!utp
->cmd_strings
.empty ())
14794 command_line_up cmd_list
;
14799 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
14801 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
14803 else if (!utp
->actions
.empty ()
14804 || !utp
->step_actions
.empty ())
14805 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14806 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14809 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14810 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
14811 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
14816 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14820 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14822 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14825 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
14827 if (num_printed
== 0)
14829 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14830 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14832 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
14835 default_collect_info ();
14838 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14839 Not supported by all targets. */
14841 enable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14843 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14846 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14847 Not supported by all targets. */
14849 disable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14851 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14854 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14856 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14858 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14864 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14866 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14867 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14868 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14870 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14871 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14873 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14877 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14879 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14881 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14882 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14883 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14887 map_breakpoint_numbers
14888 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14890 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, delete_breakpoint
);
14894 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14897 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14899 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
14900 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (tp
);
14902 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14903 tp
->number
, count
);
14906 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14908 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14909 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14910 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14913 trace_pass_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14915 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
14918 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
14919 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14920 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14922 count
= strtoulst (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14924 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
14925 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
14927 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14929 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14931 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14933 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14935 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14936 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14939 else if (*args
== '\0')
14941 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
14943 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14947 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14948 while (!parser
.finished ())
14950 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
14952 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14957 struct tracepoint
*
14958 get_tracepoint (int num
)
14960 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14962 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14963 if (t
->number
== num
)
14964 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14969 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14970 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14973 struct tracepoint
*
14974 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
14976 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14978 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14980 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14982 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
14989 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14990 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14991 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14992 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14994 struct tracepoint
*
14995 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg
,
14996 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
14998 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15000 const char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15002 if (parser
!= NULL
)
15004 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
15005 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
15007 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15008 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15010 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15014 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15015 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15018 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15022 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15023 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15025 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15028 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15033 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15035 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15036 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15039 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15041 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15044 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15045 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15046 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15050 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15051 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15053 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15055 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15057 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15058 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15060 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15061 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15063 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15064 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15067 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15068 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15073 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15075 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15077 /* We can stop searching. */
15084 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15088 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
15092 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
15093 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15094 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
15096 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15097 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
15099 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15101 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15102 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15105 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15106 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15109 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15111 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15112 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15115 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15116 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15118 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15119 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15121 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15123 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15125 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15128 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
15130 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15132 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15133 throw_exception (ex
);
15137 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15138 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15141 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15142 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15144 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15145 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15146 special, and not user visible. */
15147 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15149 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15152 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15154 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15158 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15159 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15162 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
15165 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15168 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15170 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15173 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15176 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15178 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15181 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15183 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15184 all_tracepoints (void)
15186 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15187 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15189 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15191 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15198 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15199 locations used by several commands. */
15201 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15202 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15203 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15204 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15205 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15206 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15208 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15209 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15210 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15212 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15213 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15214 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15215 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15216 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15218 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15219 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15220 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15221 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15222 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15223 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead.\n"
15225 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15226 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15227 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15230 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15231 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15232 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15233 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15234 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15235 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15236 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15239 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15240 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15242 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15243 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15244 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15245 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15246 conditions are different.\n\
15248 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15250 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15251 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15253 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15254 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15257 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15258 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15259 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15260 void *user_data_catch
,
15261 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15263 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15265 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15267 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15268 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15269 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15271 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15273 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15274 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15275 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15279 save_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15281 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15282 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15283 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15286 struct breakpoint
*
15287 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15290 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15292 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15294 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15301 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15302 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15305 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15307 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15308 non-inline function. */
15309 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15315 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15316 have been inlined. */
15319 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15320 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15322 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15323 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15325 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15327 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15330 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15332 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15333 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15341 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15344 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15346 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15348 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15349 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15350 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15354 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15356 static int initialized
= 0;
15358 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15364 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15365 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15366 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15367 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15368 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15369 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15370 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15371 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15372 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15373 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15374 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15375 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15377 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15378 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15379 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15380 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15381 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15382 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15383 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15384 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15386 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15387 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15388 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15389 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15390 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15391 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15392 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15393 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15394 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15395 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15397 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15398 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15399 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15400 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15401 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15402 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15403 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15405 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15406 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15407 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15408 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15409 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15410 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15411 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15413 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15414 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15415 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15416 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15417 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15418 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15419 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15422 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15423 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15424 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15425 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15426 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15427 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15428 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15429 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15430 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15431 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15432 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15433 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15434 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15436 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15437 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15438 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15439 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15440 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15441 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15442 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15443 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15444 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15445 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15446 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15449 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15450 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15451 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15452 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15453 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15454 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15455 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15456 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15457 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15458 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15460 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15461 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15462 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15463 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15464 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15466 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15467 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15468 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15469 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15470 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15471 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15473 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15474 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15475 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15476 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15477 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15478 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15479 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15480 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15481 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15482 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15484 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15485 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15486 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15487 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15488 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15489 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15490 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15491 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15492 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15493 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15495 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15496 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15497 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15498 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15499 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15500 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15501 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15502 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15503 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15504 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15506 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15507 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15508 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15509 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15510 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15511 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15512 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15513 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15514 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15515 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15516 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15518 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15519 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15520 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15521 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15522 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15523 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15524 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15525 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15526 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15529 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15531 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15534 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15536 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15538 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15540 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15541 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15542 gdb::observers::memory_changed
.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15544 breakpoint_objfile_key
15545 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_objfile_data
);
15547 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15548 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15549 before a breakpoint is set. */
15550 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15552 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15554 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15555 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15556 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15558 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15559 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15560 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15561 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15563 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15564 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15565 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15566 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15567 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15569 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15570 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15571 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15572 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15573 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15575 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15576 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15577 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15578 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15579 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15581 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15582 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15584 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15585 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15586 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15587 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15589 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15590 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15592 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15593 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15594 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15595 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15597 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15598 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15600 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15601 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15602 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15603 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15604 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15605 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15606 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15608 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15610 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15611 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15612 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15613 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15614 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15615 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15617 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15618 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15619 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15622 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15623 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15624 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15627 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15628 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15629 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15630 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15633 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15634 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15635 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15638 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15639 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15640 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15643 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15644 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15645 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15646 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15649 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15650 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15651 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15652 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15653 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15654 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15655 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15656 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15658 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
15659 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15660 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15661 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15662 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15663 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15666 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15667 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15668 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15669 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15671 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15672 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15673 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15674 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15675 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15677 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
15678 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15679 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15680 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15681 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15684 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15685 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15686 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15688 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15689 is executing in.\n"
15690 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
15691 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15692 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15694 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15695 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15696 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15697 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15699 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
15700 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
15701 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
15702 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
15706 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15707 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15708 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15709 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15710 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15711 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15712 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15713 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15714 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15715 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15716 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15717 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15718 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15719 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15720 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15721 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15723 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15724 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15725 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15726 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15727 breakpoint set."));
15730 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15731 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15732 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15733 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15734 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15735 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15736 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15737 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15738 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15740 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15741 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15742 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15743 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15744 breakpoint set."));
15746 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15748 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15749 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15750 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15751 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15752 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15753 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15754 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15755 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15756 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15757 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15758 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15759 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15760 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15762 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15763 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15764 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15765 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15767 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15769 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
15770 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15771 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
15772 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15774 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
15775 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15776 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
15777 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15779 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15780 catch_fork_command_1
,
15782 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
15783 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
15784 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15785 catch_fork_command_1
,
15787 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
15788 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
15789 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15790 catch_exec_command_1
,
15794 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15795 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15796 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15797 catch_load_command_1
,
15801 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15802 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15803 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15804 catch_unload_command_1
,
15809 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
15810 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15811 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15812 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15813 an expression changes.\n\
15814 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15815 the memory to which it refers."));
15816 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15818 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
15819 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15820 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15821 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15822 an expression is read.\n\
15823 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15824 the memory to which it refers."));
15825 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15827 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
15828 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15829 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15830 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15831 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15832 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15833 the memory to which it refers."));
15834 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15836 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
15837 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15839 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15840 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15841 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
15842 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
15843 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15844 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15845 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15846 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15847 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15850 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
15851 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15853 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
15855 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15857 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
15858 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15860 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15861 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15862 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15864 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
15865 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15866 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15867 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15869 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
15870 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15872 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15873 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15874 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15876 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
15877 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15879 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15880 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15881 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15882 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15883 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15884 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15885 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15886 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15887 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15889 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15890 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
15891 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15892 conditions are different.\n\
15894 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15895 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15896 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15898 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15899 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15900 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15901 last tracepoint set."));
15903 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15905 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
15906 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15907 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15908 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15910 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
15912 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
15913 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15914 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15915 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15917 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
15919 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
15920 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15921 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15922 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15924 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
15926 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
15927 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15928 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15929 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15930 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15932 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
15933 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15934 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
15935 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15937 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15938 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15939 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15940 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15941 session to restore them."),
15943 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15945 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15946 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15947 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15949 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15951 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
15952 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
15954 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15955 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15956 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15957 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15958 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
15959 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
15960 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15961 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15962 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15963 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15964 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
15965 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
15967 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
15968 &pending_break_support
, _("\
15969 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15970 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15971 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15972 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15973 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15974 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15976 show_pending_break_support
,
15977 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15978 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15980 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
15982 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
15983 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
15984 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15985 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15986 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15987 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15988 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15990 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
15991 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15992 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15994 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
15995 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
15996 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15997 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15998 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15999 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16000 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16001 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16002 when execution stops."),
16004 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16005 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16006 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16008 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16009 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16010 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16011 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16012 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16013 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16014 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16015 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16016 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16017 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16018 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16019 be set to \"gdb\""),
16020 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16021 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16022 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16023 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16025 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16026 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16027 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16028 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16029 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16030 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16031 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16032 or the start of the range\n\
16033 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16034 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16035 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16037 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16038 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16039 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16041 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16042 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16043 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16044 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16045 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16046 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16048 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16049 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16050 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16051 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16052 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16053 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16054 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16055 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16056 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16057 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16058 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16059 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16061 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16062 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16063 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16064 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16065 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16066 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16067 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16069 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16070 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16071 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16072 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16073 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16074 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16075 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16077 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16078 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16079 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16080 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16081 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16082 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16085 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16087 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16088 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16089 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16091 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16093 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed
.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16094 gdb::observers::thread_exit
.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);